1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20229 34587))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
58 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
149 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20229 34587))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
339 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
395 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20229 34587))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
449 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
560 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil
(quote macro
))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads
) nil
(put 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
(cons '"allout-widgets" loads
))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20261 10951))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20229 34587))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20229 34587))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20229 34587))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20229 34587))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1103 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20229
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20229 34587))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20229
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1259 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1448 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1449 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1456 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20229
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20236 48737))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1502 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1505 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1506 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1507 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1517 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1518 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1519 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1520 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1521 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1522 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1523 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1524 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1528 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1530 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1531 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1533 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1537 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1538 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1562 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1574 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20229 34587))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1597 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1599 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1600 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1605 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1606 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1613 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1664 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1665 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20229 34587))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1675 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1679 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1680 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1684 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1685 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1687 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1692 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1693 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1695 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1696 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1698 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1699 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1700 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1701 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1702 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1704 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1705 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1706 writing before you save the file!
1708 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1712 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1713 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1715 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1716 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1720 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1721 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1722 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1753 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1754 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20229 34587))
1755 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1757 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1758 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1759 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1765 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1766 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1767 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1768 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1770 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1771 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1772 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1774 Effects of the different modes:
1775 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1776 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1777 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1778 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1779 a random distance & direction.
1780 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1781 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1782 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1784 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1786 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1787 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1788 definition of \"random distance\".)
1790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1797 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1799 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1800 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1801 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1802 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1806 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1807 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1808 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1811 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1813 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1815 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1816 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1821 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1822 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1823 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1830 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1831 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20229 34587))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1834 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1835 Time execution of FORMS.
1836 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1837 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1839 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1840 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1841 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1847 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1848 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1849 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1853 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1854 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1855 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1856 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1857 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1859 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1864 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20261 10951))
1865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1868 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1869 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1870 of corresponding buffers.
1871 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1872 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1876 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1878 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1881 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1883 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1885 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1887 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1888 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1890 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1891 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1892 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1893 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1894 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1897 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1900 Special information:
1902 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1904 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1905 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1906 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1907 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1908 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1909 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1910 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1912 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1913 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1914 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1916 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1917 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1918 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1919 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1920 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1921 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1922 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1923 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1925 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1927 ----------------------------------------------------------
1928 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1929 if that value is non-nil.
1935 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1936 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1937 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1938 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1939 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1940 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1941 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1942 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1943 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1944 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1945 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1946 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1948 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1953 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1957 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1964 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1965 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1968 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1969 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1973 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1975 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1977 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1978 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1980 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20229
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1993 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1995 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1999 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2000 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2001 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2002 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2003 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2008 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2009 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2012 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2015 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2016 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2018 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2019 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2021 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2023 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2024 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2025 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2026 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2030 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2032 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2033 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2034 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2035 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2037 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2038 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2039 denoted by the letter `R'.
2041 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2042 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2043 denoted by the letter `H'.
2045 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2048 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2049 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2050 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2051 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2053 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2056 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2057 degree deflection it causes.
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2063 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2070 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2071 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2084 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2085 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2086 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2087 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2088 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2089 emerging from the box.
2091 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2098 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20229 34587))
2114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2119 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2125 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2127 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2128 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2129 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2131 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2132 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2133 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2134 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2135 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2138 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2139 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2140 yank successive words.
2142 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2143 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2144 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2145 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2146 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2148 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2149 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2150 the list of bookmarks.)
2152 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2155 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2161 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2162 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2163 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2164 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2166 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2167 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2169 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2170 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2171 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2173 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2175 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2176 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2181 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2183 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2184 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2185 after a bookmark was set in it.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2190 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2192 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2193 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2197 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2200 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2201 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2202 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2204 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2205 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2206 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2208 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2209 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2212 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2215 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2216 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2218 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2219 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2220 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2226 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2228 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2229 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2231 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2232 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2233 probably because we were called from there.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2238 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2239 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2244 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2245 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2246 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2249 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2250 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2251 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2252 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2253 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2255 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2257 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'.
2260 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2263 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2264 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2265 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2266 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2269 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2270 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2271 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2272 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2273 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2276 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2277 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2279 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2281 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2284 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2285 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2286 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2287 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2291 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2293 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2296 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2300 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2302 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2306 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2314 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20229 34587))
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2317 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2318 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2319 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2320 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2322 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2323 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2324 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2325 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2326 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2328 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2332 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2333 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2334 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2335 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2341 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2342 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2348 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2355 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2361 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2362 first, if that exists.
2364 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2368 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2369 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2375 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2376 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2377 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2385 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2388 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2389 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2390 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2392 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2393 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2394 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2395 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2398 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2399 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2401 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2402 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2407 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2408 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2409 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2411 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2412 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2413 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2414 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2417 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2418 new tab in an existing window instead.
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2428 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2431 When called interactively, if variable
2432 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2433 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2434 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2435 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2438 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2439 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2442 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2445 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2446 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2448 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2449 URL in a new window.
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2456 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2488 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2492 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2493 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2504 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2505 program is invoked according to the variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2514 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2523 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2524 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2526 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2527 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2528 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2529 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2532 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2542 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2545 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2551 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2552 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2558 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2559 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2560 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2561 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2573 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2574 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2582 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2583 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2584 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2585 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2588 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2589 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2590 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2600 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2601 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2602 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2603 don't offer a form of remote control.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around the point.
2617 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2618 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2620 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2621 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20229
2629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2631 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2632 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2636 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2637 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2643 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2644 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20229 34587))
2645 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2648 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2655 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2656 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2657 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2661 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2662 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2666 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2667 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2669 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2670 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2671 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2672 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2674 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2675 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2676 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2677 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2678 name of buffer configuration.
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20229 34587))
2685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2687 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2689 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2690 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2691 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2692 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2693 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2694 columns on its right towards the left.
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2697 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2706 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20229 34587))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2709 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2719 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2720 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2727 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2728 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2729 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2730 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20230 55355))
2731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2732 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2733 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2734 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2736 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2741 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2748 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2749 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2750 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2751 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2752 else the global value will be modified.
2754 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2758 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2762 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2763 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2764 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2765 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2767 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2768 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2769 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2770 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2771 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2774 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2775 that already has a `.elc' file.
2777 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2778 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2780 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2782 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2783 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2784 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2785 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2787 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2789 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2790 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2791 Print the result in the echo area.
2792 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2797 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2798 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2800 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2802 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2803 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2804 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2805 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2806 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2807 all functions called by those functions.
2809 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2810 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2813 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2814 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2815 invoked interactively.
2817 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2819 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2820 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2821 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2822 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2828 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2829 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2830 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2831 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2832 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2835 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2837 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2838 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2839 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2840 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2842 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2843 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2844 and corresponding effects.
2846 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20229
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2854 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20229 34587))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2863 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2865 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2867 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2871 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2872 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
2873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2875 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2876 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2877 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2878 from the cursor position.
2880 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2882 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2887 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2888 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20229
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2891 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2893 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2899 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2901 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2904 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2913 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2914 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2915 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2916 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2918 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2920 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 This is most useful in the X window system.
2923 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2924 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2926 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2929 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2930 See calc-keypad for details.
2932 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2935 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2940 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2942 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2945 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2947 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2949 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2950 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2951 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2956 Define Calc function.
2958 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2959 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2960 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2962 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2963 actual Lisp function name.
2965 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2967 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2969 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2973 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20229
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2977 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2984 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20229
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2988 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2989 Run the Emacs calculator.
2990 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2996 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20230
2998 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3000 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3001 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3002 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3003 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3004 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3005 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3007 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3008 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3009 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3010 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3011 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3012 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3013 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3014 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3017 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3018 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3020 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3021 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3022 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3023 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3024 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3025 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3027 Runs the following hooks:
3029 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3030 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3031 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3032 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3034 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3040 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3041 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20229 34587))
3042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3044 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3045 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3047 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3049 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3050 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3051 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3058 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3059 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3062 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3063 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3065 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3066 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3068 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3069 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3070 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3071 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3072 restriction to ASCII.
3074 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3079 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3080 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3081 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3083 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3084 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3085 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3086 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3087 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3088 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3089 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3091 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3092 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20229
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3101 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3105 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3106 ;;;;;; (20264 31805))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3109 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3110 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3116 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3117 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3118 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20229 34587))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3121 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3122 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3124 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3125 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3127 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3130 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3147 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3148 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3150 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3161 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3162 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3168 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3170 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3176 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3181 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3182 variables are guessed:
3184 * `c-basic-offset', and
3185 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3188 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3189 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3191 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3192 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3194 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3195 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3196 guess is made from scratch.
3198 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3199 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3201 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3203 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3204 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3205 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3206 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3208 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3209 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3210 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3212 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3217 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3218 ;;;;;; (20247 64512))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3221 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3223 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3224 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3225 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3226 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3227 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3229 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3231 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3232 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3245 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3246 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3247 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3259 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3260 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3262 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3265 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3280 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3281 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3284 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3302 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3303 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3306 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3307 Major mode for editing Java code.
3308 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3309 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3310 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3311 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3314 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3316 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3317 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3324 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3325 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3326 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3328 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3329 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3330 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3331 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3332 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3333 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3336 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3338 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3339 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3346 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3347 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3348 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3349 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3351 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3352 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3353 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3354 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3355 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3356 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3359 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3361 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3362 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3368 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3369 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3370 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3375 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3376 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3377 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3378 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3379 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3380 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3382 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3384 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3385 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20229 34587))
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3398 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3399 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3400 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3401 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3403 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3405 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3406 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3409 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3410 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3411 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3412 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3415 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3416 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3417 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3418 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3421 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3423 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3424 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3425 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3426 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3428 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3430 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3431 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3432 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3434 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3436 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3437 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3438 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3439 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3440 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3442 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20229 34587))
3447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3448 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3449 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3450 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3454 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3455 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3456 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3459 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3460 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3462 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3464 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3465 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3467 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3469 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3470 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3472 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3473 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3474 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3475 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3478 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3480 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3482 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3483 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3485 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3486 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3490 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3491 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3492 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3493 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3494 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3498 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3499 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3500 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3502 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3503 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3506 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3508 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3510 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3513 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3514 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3516 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3517 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3518 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3521 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3523 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3524 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3525 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3527 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3529 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3531 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3678 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3679 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3682 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3683 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3684 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3686 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3687 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3688 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3689 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3690 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3693 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3695 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3697 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3698 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3699 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3700 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3701 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3702 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3704 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3706 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3707 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3708 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3710 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3712 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3716 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3717 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3720 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3721 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3722 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3723 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3725 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3727 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3731 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3732 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20229 34587))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3735 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3737 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3740 to the action header.
3744 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3745 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3746 There are no special keybindings by default.
3748 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3749 to the action header.
3753 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3754 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3755 on the buffer contents
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20229 34587))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3765 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3766 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3767 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3771 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3772 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3773 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3779 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3787 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20237 28610))
3788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3789 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3791 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3802 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3803 the users will view as each check is completed.
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3808 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3809 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3810 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3811 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3812 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3813 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3814 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3816 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3819 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3820 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3821 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3822 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3823 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3824 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3825 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3827 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3830 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3831 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3832 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3833 spacing are all verified.
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3838 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3839 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3840 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3841 otherwise stop after the first error.
3843 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3845 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3846 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3847 Only documentation strings are checked.
3848 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3857 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3858 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3863 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3865 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3871 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3872 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3873 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3875 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3880 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3881 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3883 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3886 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3887 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3888 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3889 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3894 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3895 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3896 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3897 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3898 space at the end of each line.
3900 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3907 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3921 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3935 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3938 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3939 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3942 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3945 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3946 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3949 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3951 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3952 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3953 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3954 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3956 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3958 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3959 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3960 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3961 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3963 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3965 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3966 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3971 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3972 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3973 checking of documentation strings.
3975 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3981 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3982 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3983 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20229 34587))
3984 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3986 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3997 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3998 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3999 Return the length of resulting text.
4001 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4003 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4004 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4008 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4013 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4016 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4020 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4021 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20229 34587))
4022 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4024 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4025 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4026 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4027 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4028 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4029 editing and the result is evaluated.
4031 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4033 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4034 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4035 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4036 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4037 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4039 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4043 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4044 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4045 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4046 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4047 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4049 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4050 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4051 \\{command-history-map}
4053 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4054 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20229 34587))
4061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4063 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4064 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4065 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4066 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4067 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4068 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4070 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4071 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4076 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4079 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4080 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4081 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4082 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4083 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4084 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4085 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4088 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4089 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4090 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4093 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4094 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4096 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4097 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4098 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4099 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4100 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4101 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4102 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4103 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4104 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4105 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4106 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4107 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4109 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4110 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4111 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4113 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4114 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4115 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4118 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4120 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4122 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4124 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4125 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4127 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4128 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4130 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4131 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4132 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4133 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4134 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4135 value specified by their associated list element.
4137 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4139 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4140 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4141 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4143 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4144 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4145 * indent the first argument by 4.
4146 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4147 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4148 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4150 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4158 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4159 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4160 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4161 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4163 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4164 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4165 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4166 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4168 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4169 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4171 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4175 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20229
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4179 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4180 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4181 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4183 of `scheme-program-name').
4184 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4185 it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20254 62269))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4199 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4200 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4201 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4202 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4204 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4205 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4207 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4208 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4209 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4211 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4216 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4217 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4218 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4221 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4222 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4223 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4224 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4225 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4226 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4227 functions have already modified the buffer.
4229 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4231 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4232 either globally or locally.")
4234 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4236 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4237 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4238 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4239 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4240 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4241 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4242 process as its initial input.
4244 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4246 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4248 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4250 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4251 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4252 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4253 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4254 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4255 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4256 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4257 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4258 process as its initial input.
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4262 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4264 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4266 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4267 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4268 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4269 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4270 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4271 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4273 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4275 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4276 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4277 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4278 directory tracking functions.")
4280 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4281 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4282 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4284 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4286 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4290 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4292 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to current process.
4298 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4299 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4301 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4312 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4313 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4316 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4317 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4318 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4319 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4321 This command pushes the mark in each window
4322 at the prior location of point in that window.
4323 If both windows display the same buffer,
4324 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4325 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4327 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4328 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4329 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4331 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4332 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4333 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4336 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4337 this command work in interlaced mode:
4338 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4339 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4340 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4342 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4346 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4347 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4348 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4349 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4350 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20265
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4354 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4355 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4357 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4359 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4360 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4361 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4362 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4363 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4364 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4365 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4369 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4370 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4424 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4425 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4427 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4428 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4429 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4430 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4432 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4434 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4435 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4436 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4437 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4439 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4440 and move to the source code that caused it.
4442 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4443 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4445 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4446 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4447 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4448 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4450 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4451 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4452 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4453 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4455 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4456 kills its subprocesses.
4458 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4459 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4460 to a function that generates a unique name.
4462 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4464 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4465 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4466 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4467 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4469 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4470 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4472 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4473 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4474 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4475 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4477 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4478 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4479 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4481 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4483 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4485 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4486 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4487 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4488 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4489 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4491 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4493 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4495 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4498 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4500 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4501 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4503 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4504 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4505 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4506 See `compilation-mode'.
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4510 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4511 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4516 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4517 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4522 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4523 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4524 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4526 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4534 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4535 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4536 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4539 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4541 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4543 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4544 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4551 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4552 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4553 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4556 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4557 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4558 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4559 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4560 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4561 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4562 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4564 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4565 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4566 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4568 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4569 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4570 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4572 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4573 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4574 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4575 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4577 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4578 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4579 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4580 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4581 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4582 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4583 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4589 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4591 Comments start with `#'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4604 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4606 Comments start with `;'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4611 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4612 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4613 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4615 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4616 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4620 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4621 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4622 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4623 between `/*' and `*/'.
4624 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4626 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4627 // another kind of comment
4639 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4642 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4643 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4644 `conf-space-keywords'.
4645 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4646 in an interactive fashion instead.
4648 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4650 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4652 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4656 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4658 # Standard multimedia devices
4659 add /dev/audio desktop
4660 add /dev/mixer desktop
4664 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4665 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4666 See `conf-space-mode'.
4668 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4672 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4677 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4678 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4682 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4683 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4684 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4685 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4687 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4689 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4690 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4694 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4696 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4708 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4709 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20229 34587))
4710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4712 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4713 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4714 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4715 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4719 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4720 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4726 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4734 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4736 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4740 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4741 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20229
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4744 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4746 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4748 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4749 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4750 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4751 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4752 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4753 following the copyright are updated as well.
4754 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4759 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4760 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4761 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4762 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4763 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4767 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4768 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4770 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4772 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4773 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4774 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4776 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4781 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20229 34587))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4783 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4792 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4794 Tab indents for Perl code.
4795 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4798 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4799 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4800 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4801 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4802 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4803 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4804 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4805 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4806 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4807 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4808 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4809 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4811 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4813 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4814 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4816 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4818 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4819 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4820 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4821 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4822 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4823 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4824 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4825 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4826 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4828 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4832 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4833 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4834 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4838 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4839 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4841 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4843 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4844 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4845 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4846 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4847 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4849 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4859 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4860 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4861 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4862 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4863 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4864 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4865 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4866 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4867 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4868 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4869 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4870 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4871 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4873 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4874 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4875 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4876 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4877 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4878 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4880 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4881 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4885 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4886 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4887 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4888 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4890 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4891 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4892 span the needed amount of lines.
4894 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4895 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4896 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4897 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4899 Variables controlling indentation style:
4900 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4901 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4902 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4903 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4904 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4907 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4908 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4909 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4910 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4911 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4912 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4913 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4914 `cperl-indent-level'
4915 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4916 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4917 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4920 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4921 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4923 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4924 `cperl-brace-offset'
4925 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4926 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4927 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4928 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4929 `cperl-label-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4931 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4932 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4934 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4935 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4936 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4937 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4938 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4939 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4941 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4942 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4943 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4944 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4946 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4947 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4948 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4949 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4950 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4951 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4952 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4954 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4955 column 0 is indented on
4956 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4958 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4962 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4963 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4967 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4968 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4979 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4980 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4983 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4984 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4985 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4986 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4987 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4991 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4992 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4998 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4999 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5002 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5003 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5004 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5005 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5008 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5010 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5012 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5013 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5015 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5016 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5020 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5024 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5025 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5028 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5029 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5030 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5031 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5033 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5034 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5035 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5036 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5038 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5039 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5040 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5042 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5043 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5046 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5047 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5048 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5050 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5052 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5053 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5054 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5056 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20229
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5064 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5065 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5071 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5072 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5075 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5076 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5077 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5080 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5082 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5084 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5085 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5087 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5088 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5090 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5091 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5092 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5093 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5094 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5095 normal function of these prefix keys.
5097 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5098 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5100 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5101 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5102 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5104 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5105 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5106 the prefix fallback behavior.
5108 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5109 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5110 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5111 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5115 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5116 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5122 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5123 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5124 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5125 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5126 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5127 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5128 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5129 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5130 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5132 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20259 55615))
5133 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5135 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5136 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5140 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5141 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5143 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5145 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5146 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5148 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5150 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5151 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5154 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5157 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5159 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5161 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5163 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5164 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5165 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5168 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5170 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5171 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5173 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5174 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5176 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5178 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5180 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5181 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5185 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5187 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5188 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5190 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5191 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5193 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5195 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5197 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5198 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5199 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5200 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5202 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5203 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5204 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5206 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5208 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5209 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5210 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5211 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5212 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5216 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5217 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5218 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5219 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5223 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5225 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5227 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5229 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5232 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5234 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5236 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5239 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5243 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5245 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5247 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5249 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5250 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5251 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5252 as part of Emacs itself.
5254 Each elements looks like this:
5256 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5258 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5259 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5260 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5261 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5262 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5263 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5264 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5267 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5269 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5270 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5271 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5272 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5273 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5275 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5276 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5277 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5278 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5280 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5282 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5284 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5285 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5286 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5288 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5289 that were added or redefined since that version.
5291 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5295 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5296 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5298 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5300 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5301 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5303 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5305 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5306 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5307 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5309 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5310 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5312 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5314 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5319 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5324 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all saved options and faces.
5329 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5331 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5332 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5333 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5334 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5336 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5337 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5338 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5339 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5340 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5341 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5343 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5347 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5348 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5350 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5355 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5369 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5371 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5373 The result includes selecting that window.
5374 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5375 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5376 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5379 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5381 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5382 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5384 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5386 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5387 File used for storing customization information.
5388 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5389 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5390 it should be an absolute file name.
5392 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5393 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5394 something like the following in your init file:
5396 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5399 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5400 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5402 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5403 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5404 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5405 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5406 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5408 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5409 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5410 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5411 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5412 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5413 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5414 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5415 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5416 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5417 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5419 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5421 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5422 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5426 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5431 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5432 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5433 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5435 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5437 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5438 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5439 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5440 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5441 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5443 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5448 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20229
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5452 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Create or edit a custom theme.
5454 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5455 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5456 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5457 named *Custom Theme*.
5459 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5461 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5462 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5466 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5471 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5473 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5474 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5476 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5481 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5484 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5485 Mode used for cvs status output.
5491 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5492 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20263 52669))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5495 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5496 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5498 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5500 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5501 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5502 C++ modes are included.
5504 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5508 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5511 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5512 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5516 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5517 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5518 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5521 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5523 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5525 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5526 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5527 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5528 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5529 ARG is omitted or nil.
5531 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5532 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5533 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5539 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5540 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5541 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5544 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5545 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5547 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5549 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5550 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5552 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5554 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5555 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5556 For readability, the table is slightly
5557 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5559 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5560 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5561 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5562 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5563 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5565 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5569 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5570 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5572 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5573 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5574 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5575 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5577 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5578 Completion on current word.
5579 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5580 and presents suggestions for completion.
5582 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5583 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5586 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5587 then it searches *all* buffers.
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5592 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5594 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5595 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5596 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5597 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5598 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5600 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5601 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5603 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5604 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5605 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5607 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5608 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5610 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5616 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5617 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5620 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5621 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5623 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5627 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20229
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5631 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5632 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5633 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5634 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5635 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20229
5643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5645 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5646 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5648 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5649 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5650 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5652 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5653 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5654 Data lines are not indented.
5659 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5661 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5662 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5663 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5664 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5666 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5669 Extra indentation within blocks.
5671 dcl-continuation-offset
5672 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5675 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5677 dcl-margin-label-offset
5678 Indentation for a label.
5680 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5681 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5683 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5684 dcl-block-end-regexp
5685 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5686 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5687 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5688 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5689 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5692 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5693 Two such functions are included in the package:
5694 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5695 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5697 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5698 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5699 One such function is included in the package:
5700 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5702 dcl-tab-always-indent
5703 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5704 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5707 dcl-electric-characters
5708 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5711 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5712 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5713 which words trigger electric indentation.
5716 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5717 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5718 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5720 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5721 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5722 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5723 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5725 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5726 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5727 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5728 dcl-imenu-label-call
5729 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5731 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5732 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5733 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5734 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5737 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5739 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5740 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5741 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5743 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5744 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5748 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5749 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5750 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5751 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5752 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5753 \"lined up with the command line\"
5755 Data lines are not indented at all.
5756 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5761 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5762 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5768 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5769 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20229 34587))
5770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5772 (setq debugger 'debug)
5774 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5775 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5776 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5779 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5780 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5781 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5783 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5785 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5786 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5788 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5790 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5791 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5792 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5793 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5794 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5795 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5797 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5798 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5800 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5802 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5803 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5804 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5805 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5806 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5808 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5812 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5816 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5817 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5821 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5822 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5823 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5824 Upper-case letters are commands.
5826 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5829 The most useful commands are:
5830 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5831 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5832 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5833 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5834 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5835 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5841 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5842 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20229
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5846 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5847 Customization of `columns' group.
5851 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5852 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5854 START and END delimits the text region.
5856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5858 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5859 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5861 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20229
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5871 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5872 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5873 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5874 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5875 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5876 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5877 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5879 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5883 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5884 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5885 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5886 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5887 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5888 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5889 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5890 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5892 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5893 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5894 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5896 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5897 Directories to search when finding external units.
5898 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5899 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5903 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5904 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5905 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5906 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5907 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5908 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5909 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5910 Face used to color everything else.
5912 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5913 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5919 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20229
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5923 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5925 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5926 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5927 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5930 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5932 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5934 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5935 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5937 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5938 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5940 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5941 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5942 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5949 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5950 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20229 34587))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5953 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5954 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5956 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5958 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5959 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5960 or nil if there is no parent.
5961 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5962 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5963 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5964 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5965 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5967 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5968 arguments are currently understood:
5970 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5971 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5973 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5974 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5976 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5977 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5979 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5981 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5983 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5984 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5985 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5987 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5988 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5990 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5991 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5992 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5994 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5995 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5997 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5998 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6000 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6002 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6004 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6006 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6007 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6008 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6009 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6010 the first time the mode is used.
6012 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6016 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6017 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20259 55615))
6018 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6020 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6021 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6022 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6023 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6024 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6025 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6028 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6030 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6031 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6032 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6033 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6035 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6036 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6037 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6039 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6040 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6041 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6042 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6043 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6044 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6047 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6051 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6052 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6053 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6054 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20229 34587))
6055 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6057 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6058 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6059 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6061 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6063 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6064 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6065 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6066 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6067 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6069 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6070 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6071 `desktop-read' for details.
6073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6075 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6076 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6077 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6078 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6080 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6082 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6083 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6084 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6086 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6087 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6088 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6090 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6091 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6093 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6094 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6095 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6097 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6098 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6099 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6100 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6102 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6104 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6105 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6107 Handlers are called with argument list
6109 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6111 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6113 desktop-file-version
6114 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6115 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6116 desktop-buffer-point
6118 desktop-buffer-read-only
6119 desktop-buffer-locals
6121 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6122 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6124 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6127 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6129 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6130 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6132 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6134 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6136 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6137 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6138 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6139 List elements must have the form
6141 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6143 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6146 Handlers are called with argument list
6148 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6150 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6152 desktop-file-version
6153 desktop-buffer-file-name
6155 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6156 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6157 desktop-buffer-point
6159 desktop-buffer-read-only
6162 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6163 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6166 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6169 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6171 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6172 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6174 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6176 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6178 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6182 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6183 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6184 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6188 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6189 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6190 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6191 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6192 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6194 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6196 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6197 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6198 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6202 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6203 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6204 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6205 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6206 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6207 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6208 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6209 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6211 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6213 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6214 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6215 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6219 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6220 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6221 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6222 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6225 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6227 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6228 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6232 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6233 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6239 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6240 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6241 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20229 34587))
6242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6244 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6245 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6246 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6247 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6248 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6249 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6251 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6254 Repair a broken attribution line.
6255 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6257 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6259 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6260 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6261 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6262 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6264 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6266 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6267 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6273 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6274 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20229 34587))
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6277 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6278 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6279 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6280 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6281 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6285 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6286 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6287 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6288 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6290 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6291 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6292 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6293 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6295 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6296 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6298 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6299 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6300 calendar-date-style 'european
6301 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6303 \(diary-mail-entries)
6305 # diary-rem.el ends here
6307 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6309 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6310 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6316 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6317 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20229 34587))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6320 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6321 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6323 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6325 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6326 The command to use to run diff.")
6328 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6330 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6331 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6332 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6333 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6334 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6335 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6337 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6338 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6339 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6341 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6343 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6344 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6345 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6346 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6347 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6348 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6350 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6352 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6353 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6354 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6356 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6360 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6361 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
6362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6364 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6365 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6366 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6369 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6370 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6371 headers for you on-the-fly.
6373 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6374 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6375 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6381 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6382 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6383 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6384 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6385 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6387 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20229 34587))
6394 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6396 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6397 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6398 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6400 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6404 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6405 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20259 55615))
6406 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6408 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6409 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6410 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6411 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6412 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6413 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6414 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6415 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6417 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6419 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6420 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6421 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6422 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6423 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6424 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6426 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6427 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6428 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6429 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6430 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6431 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6432 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6433 list of files to make directory entries for.
6434 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6435 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6436 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6438 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6440 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6441 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6443 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6444 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6446 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6447 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6449 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6450 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6452 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6454 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6455 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6457 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6459 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6460 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6461 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6462 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6463 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6464 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6465 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6466 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6467 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6468 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6469 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6470 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6471 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6472 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6473 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6474 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6475 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6476 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6477 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6478 to see why something went wrong.
6479 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6480 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6481 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6482 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6483 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6484 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6485 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6486 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6487 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6488 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6489 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6490 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6491 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6493 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6494 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6495 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6496 again for the directory tree.
6498 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6501 `dired-listing-switches'
6502 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6503 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6506 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6507 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6508 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6509 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6511 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6513 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6514 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6521 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6522 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6526 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6527 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
6528 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6530 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6531 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6533 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6536 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6537 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6538 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6540 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6541 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6546 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6547 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6548 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6549 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6550 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6551 from `default-directory'.
6553 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6557 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20229
6559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6561 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6562 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6563 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6564 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6565 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6566 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6568 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6572 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6573 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6574 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6575 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6576 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6577 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20229 34587))
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6580 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6581 Return a new, empty display table.
6585 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6586 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6587 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6588 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6589 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6591 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6593 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6594 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6595 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6596 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6597 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6599 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6601 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6602 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6606 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6607 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6611 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6612 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6614 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6615 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6617 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6618 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6621 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6622 in the default way after this call.
6626 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6627 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6631 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6632 Display character C using printable string S.
6636 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6637 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6638 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6639 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6641 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6644 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6645 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6648 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6651 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6653 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6655 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6656 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6658 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6660 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6661 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6663 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6665 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6666 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6668 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6670 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6671 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6673 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6675 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6676 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6678 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6679 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6681 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6682 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6684 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6685 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6686 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6687 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6689 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6690 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6691 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6699 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6702 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6703 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6704 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6705 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6706 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6707 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6708 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6715 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20229 34587))
6716 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6718 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6719 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6720 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6721 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6722 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6723 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6725 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6726 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6727 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6728 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6729 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6731 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6735 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6736 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20229 34587))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6739 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6740 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6741 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6742 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6743 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6744 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6745 table and its own syntax table.
6747 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6750 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6752 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6753 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6759 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6760 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20229
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6764 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6765 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6766 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6767 OpenDocument format).
6769 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6771 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6772 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6774 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6775 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6777 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6778 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6779 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6783 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6784 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6785 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6786 to the next best mode.
6790 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6791 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6793 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6794 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6796 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6800 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6807 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20230 15291))
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6810 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6811 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6817 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20229 34587))
6818 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6820 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6821 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6823 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6824 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6826 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6827 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20229 34587))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6836 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6837 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6844 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6845 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20264 40969))
6846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6848 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6850 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6851 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6852 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6853 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6854 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6856 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6857 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6858 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6859 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6860 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6861 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6862 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6863 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6865 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6866 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6867 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6868 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6869 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6872 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6873 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6874 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6875 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6876 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6877 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6878 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6879 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6880 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6881 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6882 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6883 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6884 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6885 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6886 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6887 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6888 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6889 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6890 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6891 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6892 the terms used in :variable).
6894 For example, you could write
6895 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6896 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6899 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6901 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6903 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6905 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6906 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6907 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6908 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6909 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6910 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6911 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6912 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6913 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6914 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6915 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6916 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6918 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6919 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6920 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6921 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6922 call another major mode in their body.
6924 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6926 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6927 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6928 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6929 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6930 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6931 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6932 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6934 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6936 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6937 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6938 :inherit Parent keymap.
6940 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6941 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6943 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6945 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6946 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6947 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6948 the constant's documentation.
6950 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6952 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6953 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6954 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6956 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6960 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6961 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20229
6963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6965 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6966 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6968 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6969 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6970 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6972 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6973 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6977 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6978 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6982 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6983 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6987 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6988 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6990 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6992 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6994 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6996 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6997 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6999 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7000 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7002 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7004 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7006 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7010 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7011 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7012 computed automatically.
7013 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7017 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7019 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7020 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7021 keyboard equivalent.
7025 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7026 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7030 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7031 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7035 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7036 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7040 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7041 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7045 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7049 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7050 radio: A radio button.
7051 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7052 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7054 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7058 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7059 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7063 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7065 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7066 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7067 as a solid horizontal line.
7069 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7071 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7073 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7075 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7078 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7080 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7081 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7082 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7083 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7085 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7087 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7088 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7089 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7090 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7091 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7092 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7094 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7095 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7096 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7098 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7099 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7100 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7102 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7103 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7105 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7110 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7111 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7112 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7113 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7114 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7115 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7116 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20229 34587))
7117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Customization for ebnf group.
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7127 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7129 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7132 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7134 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7139 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7140 killed after process termination.
7142 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7144 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7149 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7150 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7153 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7154 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7155 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7156 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7158 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7161 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7162 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7164 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7166 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7167 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7169 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7171 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7174 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7176 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7181 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7182 killed after process termination.
7184 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7186 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7188 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7189 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7190 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7191 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7193 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7199 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7201 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7203 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7208 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7210 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7213 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7215 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7220 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7221 killed after EPS generation.
7223 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7225 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7230 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7231 The EPS file name has the following form:
7233 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7235 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7236 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7238 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7239 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7240 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7241 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7242 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7244 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7252 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7253 The EPS file name has the following form:
7255 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7257 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7258 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7260 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7261 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7262 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7263 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7264 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7266 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7271 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7276 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7278 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7281 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7283 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7288 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7289 killed after syntax checking.
7291 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7293 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7322 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7331 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7332 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7334 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7336 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Set STYLE as the current style.
7341 Returns the old style symbol.
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Reset current style.
7350 Returns the old style symbol.
7352 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7354 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7359 Returns the old style symbol.
7361 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7363 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7365 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7367 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7368 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7370 Returns the old style symbol.
7372 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7374 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7381 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7382 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7383 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7384 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7385 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7386 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7387 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7388 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7389 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7390 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20229
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7395 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7396 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7397 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7398 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7399 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7401 Tree mode key bindings:
7402 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7407 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7412 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7417 View declaration of member at point.
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7422 Find declaration of member at point.
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7427 View definition of member at point.
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7432 Find definition of member at point.
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7437 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7442 View definition of member at point in other window.
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7447 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7452 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7456 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7457 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7462 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7466 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7467 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7468 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7469 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7472 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7475 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7476 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7477 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7479 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7482 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7483 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7484 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7486 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7489 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7490 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7492 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7495 Search for call sites of a member.
7496 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7497 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7498 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7499 looks like a function call to the member.
7501 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7504 Move backward in the position stack.
7505 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7510 Move forward in the position stack.
7511 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7516 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7520 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7521 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7525 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7526 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7527 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7528 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7530 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7533 Display statistics for a class tree.
7539 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7540 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7543 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7544 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7545 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7546 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7548 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7549 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7550 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7552 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7553 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7554 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7556 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7558 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7564 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7565 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20229 34587))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7568 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7569 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7570 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7572 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7576 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7577 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7580 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7587 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20240 47305))
7588 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7590 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7591 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7592 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7595 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7597 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7599 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7600 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7605 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7606 an EDE controlled project.
7608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7612 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7613 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20229 34587))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7617 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7618 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7619 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7620 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7621 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7623 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7624 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7625 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7626 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7628 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7630 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7631 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7632 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7633 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7635 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7637 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7638 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7639 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7640 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7642 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7644 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7646 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7647 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7648 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7649 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7650 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7652 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7653 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7654 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7655 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7656 instrumented for Edebug.
7658 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7659 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7660 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7661 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7666 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7667 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7671 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7672 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7679 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7680 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7681 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7682 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7683 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7684 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7685 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7686 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7687 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20229 34587))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7690 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7691 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7693 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7695 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7696 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7698 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7700 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7702 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7704 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7705 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7706 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7707 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7711 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7713 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7714 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7718 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7719 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7723 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7725 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7726 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7728 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7730 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7732 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7733 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7734 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7735 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7737 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7739 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7741 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7742 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7743 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7744 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7746 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7748 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7750 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7751 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7752 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7753 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7755 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7757 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7759 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7760 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7761 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7762 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7764 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7766 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7768 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7769 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7770 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7771 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7772 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7773 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7775 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7779 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7780 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7782 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7784 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7788 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7789 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7791 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7793 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7795 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7797 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7798 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7799 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7801 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7802 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7804 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7807 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7808 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7810 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7811 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7813 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7815 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7816 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7817 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7818 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7819 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7821 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7825 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7826 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7827 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7828 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7830 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7832 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7835 Merge two files without ancestor.
7837 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7840 Merge two files with ancestor.
7842 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7844 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7847 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7849 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7852 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7854 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7857 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7858 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7861 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7864 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7865 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7868 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7871 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7872 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7873 and don't ask the user.
7874 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7875 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7877 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7880 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7881 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7882 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7883 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7884 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7885 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7886 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7888 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7890 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7892 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7895 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7896 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7897 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7898 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7900 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7904 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7905 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7906 When called interactively, displays the version.
7910 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7911 Display Ediff's manual.
7912 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7914 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7918 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7919 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7920 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7922 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7929 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7930 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7931 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7933 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7934 Display Ediff's registry.
7938 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7943 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20229 34587))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7946 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7947 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7948 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7953 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7954 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7955 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7956 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7963 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7964 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7967 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7968 Edit a keyboard macro.
7969 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7970 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7971 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7973 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7975 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7977 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7978 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7980 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7982 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7983 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7985 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7987 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7988 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7989 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7990 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7991 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7992 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7994 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7995 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7996 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7997 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7999 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8002 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8003 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8004 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8005 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8006 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8008 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8012 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8013 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20229 34587))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8016 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8018 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8019 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8021 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8023 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8024 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8030 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8031 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8034 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8035 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8036 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8037 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8038 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8039 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8040 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8042 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8043 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8045 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8046 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8047 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8048 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8050 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8051 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8052 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8054 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8055 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8056 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8058 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8060 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8063 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8067 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8068 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20229 34587))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8071 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8072 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8074 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8076 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8077 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8079 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8080 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8082 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8083 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8084 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8085 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8086 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8087 expression point is on.
8089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8091 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8092 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8096 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8097 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8098 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8099 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8100 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8101 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8104 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8105 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8106 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8109 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8110 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8115 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20229 34587))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8118 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8119 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8121 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8122 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8123 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8125 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8126 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8128 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8130 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8131 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8136 Electric Indent mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
8137 reindentation is triggered whenever you insert a character listed
8138 in `electric-indent-chars'.
8140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8142 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8143 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8144 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8146 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8147 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8149 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8151 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8152 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8153 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8154 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8155 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8157 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8158 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8159 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8163 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8164 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8165 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8167 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8168 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8170 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8172 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8173 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20229
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8183 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8184 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8186 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8187 an elided material again.
8189 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8196 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8197 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8200 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8205 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8206 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8207 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8209 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8211 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8212 Lint the current buffer.
8213 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8217 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8218 Lint the function at point.
8219 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8223 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8225 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8226 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8228 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8233 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20229
8235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8237 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8238 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8239 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8241 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8243 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8244 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8245 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8246 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8248 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8250 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8251 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8252 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8254 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8256 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8259 Display current profiling results.
8260 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8261 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8269 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8272 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8273 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8274 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8275 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8276 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8277 ARG is omitted or nil.
8279 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8280 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8281 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8284 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8286 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8287 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8288 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8290 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8297 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20259 55615))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8300 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8301 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8302 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8304 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8307 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8308 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8310 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8314 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8315 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8316 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8317 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8318 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20204 31303))
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8321 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8322 Run Emerge on two files.
8324 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8327 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8329 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8332 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8334 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8336 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8337 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8339 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8341 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8346 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8351 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8354 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8356 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8359 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8361 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8362 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8364 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8367 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8369 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8374 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8379 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20229 34587))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8382 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8383 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8384 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8385 text/enriched format.
8386 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8388 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8389 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8393 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8400 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8402 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8405 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8409 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8410 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8411 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8412 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8413 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8414 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20229
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8418 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8419 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8421 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8423 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8424 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8426 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8428 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8429 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8430 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8431 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8432 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8433 the keys are listed.
8434 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8436 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8438 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8443 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8448 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8449 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8451 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8453 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8454 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8456 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8459 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8461 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8462 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8463 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8464 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8466 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8467 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8468 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8469 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8470 should consider using the string based counterpart
8471 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8472 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8476 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8477 (decode-coding-string
8478 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8481 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8484 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8486 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8487 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8492 Verify the current region between START and END.
8494 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8495 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8496 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8497 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8498 should consider using the string based counterpart
8499 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8500 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8504 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8505 (decode-coding-string
8506 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8509 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8511 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8512 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8513 between START and END.
8515 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8516 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8518 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8520 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8521 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8523 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8524 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8525 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8526 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8527 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8528 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8532 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8535 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8537 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8540 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8542 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8543 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8544 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8545 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8546 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8547 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8551 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8554 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8557 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8560 Delete selected KEYS.
8562 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8565 Import keys from FILE.
8569 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8570 Import keys from the region.
8572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8575 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8576 between START and END.
8578 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8581 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8583 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8586 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8592 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8593 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20229 34587))
8594 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8596 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8597 Decrypt marked files.
8601 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8602 Verify marked files.
8606 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8611 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8612 Encrypt marked files.
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8619 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20229 34587))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8622 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8625 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8627 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8632 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8639 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8640 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8641 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20229 34587))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8644 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8645 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8650 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8651 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8653 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8657 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8658 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8659 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8661 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8665 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8666 Sign the current buffer.
8667 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8669 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8671 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8673 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8674 Encrypt the current buffer.
8675 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8677 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8679 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8681 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8682 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8683 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8685 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8689 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8690 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8691 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8693 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8694 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8696 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8698 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8699 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8705 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20241 25657))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8708 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8709 Return a context object.
8711 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8715 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8716 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20229 34587))
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8719 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8720 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8724 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8725 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8727 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8729 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8730 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8732 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8736 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8737 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20230 55355))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8740 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8741 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8745 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8746 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8747 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8749 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8751 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8752 (server (erc-compute-server))
8753 (port (erc-compute-port))
8754 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8756 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8758 That is, if called with
8760 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8762 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8763 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8764 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8766 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8768 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8770 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8771 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8772 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8774 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8776 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8777 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8778 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8779 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8781 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20229
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8788 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20229 34587))
8793 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8794 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20229 34587))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8800 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20229 34587))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8810 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8811 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20229 34587))
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8813 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8815 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8816 Parser for /dcc command.
8817 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8818 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8819 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8821 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8823 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8824 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8828 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8829 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8831 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8832 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8833 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8836 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8840 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8841 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8842 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8843 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8844 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8848 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8850 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8852 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8853 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8854 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8855 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8857 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8862 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8864 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8865 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8867 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8869 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8870 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8872 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8874 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8875 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8877 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8879 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8880 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8882 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8884 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8885 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8887 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8889 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8890 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8892 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8894 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8895 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8899 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8900 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20229
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8911 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8912 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8913 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8920 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20229 34587))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8922 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8924 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8925 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8926 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8927 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8928 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8929 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8932 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8934 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8937 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8942 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20229 34587))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8954 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20229 34587))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8960 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8964 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8965 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20229 34587))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8969 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8970 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8971 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8972 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8973 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8974 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8976 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8978 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8979 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8980 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8981 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8983 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8984 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8987 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8988 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8990 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8994 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8995 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8996 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8997 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8999 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9001 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9002 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9006 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9007 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9011 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9012 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9016 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9017 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9021 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9022 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9026 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9027 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9031 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9032 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9036 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9037 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20229 34587))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9045 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9049 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9050 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9054 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9062 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20229 34587))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9066 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9067 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9068 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9072 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9073 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9079 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9080 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20229 34587))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9084 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9085 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9086 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9087 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9089 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9091 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20237 28610))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9100 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20229
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9107 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20229 34587))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9113 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20229 34587))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9123 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9124 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20229 34587))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9126 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9128 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9129 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9133 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9134 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9135 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9137 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20229 34587))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9143 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9147 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9148 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9152 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9153 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20229
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20229 34587))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9173 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9176 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9177 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9178 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9180 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9182 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9183 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9184 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9185 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9186 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9188 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9189 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9190 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9191 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9194 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9199 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20229 34587))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9203 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9204 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9205 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9206 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9208 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9210 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9211 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9212 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9218 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9219 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9223 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9224 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9230 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9231 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9232 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20229 34587))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9235 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9236 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9238 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9239 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9241 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9244 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9246 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9247 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9248 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9250 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9252 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9254 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9256 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9258 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9260 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9261 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9263 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9264 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9265 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9266 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9268 Returns the stats object.
9270 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9272 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9273 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9275 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9276 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9277 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9280 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9282 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9283 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9285 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9286 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9287 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9288 and how to display message.
9290 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9292 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9294 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9295 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9297 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9301 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9302 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9305 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9307 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9308 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9314 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20229
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9318 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9319 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9327 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9328 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20229 34587))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9331 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9332 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9333 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9334 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9335 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9336 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9337 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9338 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9339 buffer selected (or created).
9341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9343 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9344 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9345 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9347 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9349 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9350 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9351 The result might be any Lisp object.
9352 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9353 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9354 corresponding to a successful execution.
9356 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9358 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9362 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9363 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9364 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9365 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9366 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9367 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9368 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9369 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9372 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9373 *File name of tags table.
9374 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9375 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9376 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9377 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9378 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9380 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9381 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9382 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9383 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9385 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9387 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9388 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9389 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9390 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9391 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9392 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9394 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9396 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9397 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9398 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9399 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9400 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9401 `auto-compression-mode').")
9403 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9405 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9406 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9407 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9408 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9409 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9411 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9413 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9414 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9415 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9416 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9418 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9420 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9421 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9422 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9423 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9424 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9426 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9428 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9429 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9433 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9434 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9435 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9436 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9438 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9439 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9440 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9441 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9442 file the tag was in.
9444 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9446 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9447 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9448 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9449 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9450 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9451 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9452 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9453 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9454 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9456 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9458 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9459 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9460 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9461 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9462 without directory names.
9465 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9466 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9469 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9471 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9472 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9473 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9474 but does not select the buffer.
9475 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9477 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9478 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9479 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9480 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9481 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9483 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9485 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9486 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9487 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9489 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9491 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9493 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9494 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9495 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9496 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9498 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9499 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9500 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9501 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9502 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9504 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9506 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9507 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9508 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9510 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9512 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9513 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9515 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9516 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9517 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9518 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9519 around or before point.
9521 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9522 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9523 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9524 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9525 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9527 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9529 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9530 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9531 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9533 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9535 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9536 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9538 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9539 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9540 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9541 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9542 around or before point.
9544 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9545 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9546 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9547 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9548 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9550 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9552 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9553 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9554 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9556 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9558 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9559 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9561 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9562 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9563 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9565 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9566 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9567 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9568 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9569 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9571 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9573 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9574 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9575 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9577 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9579 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9580 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9581 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9583 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9584 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9586 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9587 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9588 where they were found.
9592 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9593 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9595 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9596 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9597 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9599 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9600 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9602 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9603 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9605 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9607 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9608 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9609 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9610 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9612 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9613 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9614 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9615 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9616 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9618 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9619 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9621 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9622 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9623 Stops when a match is found.
9624 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9626 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9627 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9628 restricted to these files.
9630 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9632 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9634 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9635 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9636 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9637 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9638 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9639 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9640 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9641 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9643 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9644 produce the list of files to search.
9646 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9648 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9650 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9651 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9652 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9653 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9654 directory specification.
9656 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9658 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9659 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9661 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9663 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9664 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9665 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9666 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9670 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9671 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9672 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9673 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9674 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9680 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9681 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9682 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9683 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9684 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9685 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9686 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9687 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9688 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9690 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9695 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9696 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9698 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9699 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9701 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9702 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9705 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9706 even if the buffer is read-only.
9708 See also the descriptions of the variables
9709 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9711 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9713 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9714 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9716 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9717 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9719 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9720 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9723 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9724 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9726 See also the descriptions of the variables
9727 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9729 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9731 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9732 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9733 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9734 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9736 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9738 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9739 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9740 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9741 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9743 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9744 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9747 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9748 buffer is read-only.
9750 See also the descriptions of the variables
9751 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9752 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9754 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9756 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9757 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9759 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9760 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9762 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9763 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9764 the primary language.
9766 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9767 buffer is read-only.
9769 See also the descriptions of the variables
9770 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9771 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9773 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9776 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9777 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9779 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9782 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9786 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9787 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9789 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9790 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9793 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9794 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9795 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9797 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9799 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9801 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9802 This function is deprecated.
9806 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9811 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9816 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9817 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9819 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9820 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9822 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9823 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9827 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9828 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9832 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9833 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9837 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9838 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9842 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9843 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9844 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9848 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9851 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9855 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9856 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9860 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9861 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9862 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9863 server for future sessions.
9865 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9867 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9868 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9869 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9871 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9873 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9874 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9875 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9877 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9879 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9880 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9881 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9882 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9883 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9884 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9885 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9886 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9887 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9888 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9889 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9890 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9892 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9895 Display a form to query the directory server.
9896 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9897 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9899 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9902 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9903 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9907 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9911 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9912 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9913 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20229 34587))
9914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9916 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9917 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9919 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9921 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9922 Display URL and make it clickable.
9926 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9927 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9929 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9931 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9932 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9934 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9936 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9937 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9939 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9941 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9942 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9944 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9948 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9949 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20229 34587))
9950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9952 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9953 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9954 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9958 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9959 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9965 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9966 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9969 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9970 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9976 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20229
9978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9980 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9981 Create an empty ewoc.
9983 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9985 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9986 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9987 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9988 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9989 `insert-before-markers'.
9991 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9992 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9993 respectively, of the ewoc.
9995 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9996 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9997 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9999 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10003 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10004 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10005 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10006 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10009 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10010 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10011 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10013 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10015 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10016 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10017 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10018 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10019 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10021 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10023 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10024 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10025 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10026 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10027 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10030 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10032 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10033 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10034 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10038 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10039 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10040 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10047 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10048 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10049 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10050 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10052 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10053 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10054 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10055 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10057 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10059 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10060 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10061 to generate such functions.
10063 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10064 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10065 beginning of the expanded text.
10067 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10068 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10069 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10070 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10072 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10074 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10076 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10077 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10078 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10082 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10083 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10084 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10088 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10089 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10090 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10093 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10094 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20257 13883))
10099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10101 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10102 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10103 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10105 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10106 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10107 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10109 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10114 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10117 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10119 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10121 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10122 `f90-program-indent'
10123 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10125 `f90-associate-indent'
10126 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10127 `f90-critical-indent'
10128 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10129 `f90-continuation-indent'
10130 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10131 `f90-comment-region'
10132 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10133 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10134 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10135 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10137 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10138 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10139 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10140 `f90-break-delimiters'
10141 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10142 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10143 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10144 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10146 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10147 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10149 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10150 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10151 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10152 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10153 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10154 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10155 `f90-leave-line-no'
10156 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10158 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10159 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10165 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10166 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10167 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10168 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20229
10170 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10172 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10173 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10175 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10176 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10178 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10179 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10180 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10181 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10182 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10183 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10184 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10186 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10187 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10188 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10190 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10192 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10193 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10195 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10197 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10198 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10199 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10200 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10201 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10202 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10204 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10206 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10207 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10208 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10210 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10211 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10212 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10215 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10217 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10218 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10219 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10221 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10222 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10223 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10224 will remove any scaling currently active.
10228 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10229 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10230 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10233 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10234 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10235 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10236 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10238 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10239 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10241 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10242 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10244 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10245 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10246 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10248 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10249 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10250 is one of the above.
10252 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10253 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10254 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10255 will remove any scaling currently active.
10257 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10258 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10259 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10260 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10261 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10265 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10266 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10267 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10268 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10272 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10273 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10274 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10275 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10276 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10278 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10279 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10281 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10283 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10284 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10285 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10286 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10288 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10289 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10290 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10291 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10293 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10294 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10296 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10298 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10299 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10300 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10301 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10307 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10308 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10309 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20172 54913))
10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10312 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10313 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10314 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10315 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10319 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10320 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10324 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10325 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10326 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10327 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10331 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10332 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10333 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10334 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10335 backup file names and the like).
10337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10339 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10340 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10341 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10342 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10343 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10344 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10345 internally by feedmail):
10347 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10348 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10349 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10350 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10352 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10353 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10354 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10355 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10356 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10358 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10362 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10363 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20229 34587))
10364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10366 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10367 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10368 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10369 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10370 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10371 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10372 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10374 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10376 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10377 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10378 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10379 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10380 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10381 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10382 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10384 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10386 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10388 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10389 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10390 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10391 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10392 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10393 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10395 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10397 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10398 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10399 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10401 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10402 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10407 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10408 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10409 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10413 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
10414 Try to get a file name at point.
10415 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
10417 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10418 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10424 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10425 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10426 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10427 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20229 34587))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10430 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10431 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10432 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10433 be added to the cache.
10435 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10437 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10438 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10439 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10440 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10441 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10443 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10445 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10446 Add FILE to the file cache.
10450 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10451 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10452 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10454 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10456 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10457 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10458 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10460 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10462 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10463 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10464 This function does not use any external programs.
10465 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10466 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10467 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10469 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10471 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10472 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10473 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10474 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10475 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10476 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10477 \(directories) is done.
10483 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10484 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10485 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10486 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10487 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20229 34587))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10490 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10491 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10493 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10494 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10495 Local Variables list.
10497 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10498 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10499 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10501 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10503 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10504 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10506 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10508 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10509 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10511 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10512 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10515 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10516 then this function adds it.
10518 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10520 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10521 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10523 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10525 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10526 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10528 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10530 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10531 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10533 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10535 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10536 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10540 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10541 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10545 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10546 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20229
10554 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10556 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10557 Filesets initialization.
10558 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10564 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20229 34587))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10567 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10568 Initiate the building of a find command.
10571 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10572 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10574 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10576 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10577 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10579 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10583 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10584 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20239 38674))
10585 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10587 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10588 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10589 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10591 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10593 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10594 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10596 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10598 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10599 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10600 and run dired on those files.
10601 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10602 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10604 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10606 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10608 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10609 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10610 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10612 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10613 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10615 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10616 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10618 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10622 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10623 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10624 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10627 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10628 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10629 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10630 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10631 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10632 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10633 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10635 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10636 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10637 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10639 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10641 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10643 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10645 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10646 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10647 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10649 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10650 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10652 Variables of interest include:
10654 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10655 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10656 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10658 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10659 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10660 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10662 - `ff-ignore-include'
10663 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10665 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10666 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10669 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10671 - `ff-special-constructs'
10672 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10673 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10674 extracting the filename from that construct.
10676 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10677 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10679 - `ff-search-directories'
10680 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10681 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10683 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10684 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10686 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10687 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10689 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10690 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10692 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10693 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10695 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10696 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10698 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10700 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10701 Visit the file you click on.
10703 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10705 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10706 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10708 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10712 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10713 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10714 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10715 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10716 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10717 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20229 34587))
10719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10721 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10722 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10723 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10725 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10727 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10728 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10729 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10730 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10732 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10733 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10734 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10735 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10737 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10739 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10740 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10742 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10743 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10744 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10745 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10747 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10748 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10749 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10751 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10752 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10755 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10757 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10758 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10760 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10761 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10762 places point before the definition.
10763 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10765 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10766 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10767 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10769 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10771 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10772 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10774 See `find-function' for more details.
10776 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10778 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10779 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10781 See `find-function' for more details.
10783 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10785 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10786 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10788 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10789 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10790 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10792 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10793 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10795 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10797 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10798 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10800 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10801 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10802 places point before the definition.
10804 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10806 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10807 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10808 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10810 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10812 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10813 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10815 See `find-variable' for more details.
10817 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10819 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10820 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10822 See `find-variable' for more details.
10824 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10826 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10827 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10828 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10829 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10830 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10831 buffer nor display it.
10833 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10834 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10836 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10838 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10839 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10841 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10842 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10843 places point before the definition.
10845 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10847 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10848 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10849 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10853 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10854 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10855 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10859 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10860 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10864 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10865 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10869 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10870 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10876 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10877 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20229 34587))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10880 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10881 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10883 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10885 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10886 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10890 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10891 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10893 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10897 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10898 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20229 34587))
10899 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10901 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10902 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10906 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10907 Display FILE's commentary section.
10908 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10912 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10913 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10919 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10920 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20229 34587))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10923 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10924 Toggle flow control handling.
10925 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10926 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10928 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10930 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10931 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10932 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10933 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10934 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10935 to get the effect of a C-q.
10937 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10942 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10945 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10950 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10953 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10957 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10958 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20229 34587))
10959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10961 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10962 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10963 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10964 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10968 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10969 Turn flymake mode on.
10973 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10974 Turn flymake mode off.
10978 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10986 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10987 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20229 34587))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10990 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10991 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10994 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10996 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10997 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10999 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11000 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11002 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11003 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11004 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11007 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11008 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11009 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11010 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11013 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11016 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11017 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11018 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11020 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11022 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11023 in your .emacs file.
11025 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11026 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11030 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11031 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11035 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11036 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11040 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11041 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11045 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11046 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11048 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11050 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11051 Flyspell whole buffer.
11057 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11058 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11059 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11062 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11063 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11067 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11068 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11072 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11073 Toggle Follow mode.
11074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11075 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11076 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11078 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11079 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11081 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11082 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11083 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11085 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11086 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11087 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11090 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11091 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11092 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11093 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11094 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11097 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11098 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11100 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11102 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11103 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11104 \(This is the default.)
11106 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11108 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11109 \\{follow-mode-map}
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11113 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11114 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11116 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11117 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11118 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11119 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11120 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11121 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11123 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11124 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11125 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11127 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11128 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11129 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11135 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20229
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11139 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11140 Toggle Footnote mode.
11141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11142 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11143 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11145 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11146 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11147 play around with the following keys:
11148 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11155 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20229 34587))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11158 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11159 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11161 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11162 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11163 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11164 C-c < forms-first-record <
11165 C-c > forms-last-record >
11166 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11167 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11168 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11169 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11170 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11171 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11172 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11173 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11174 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11175 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11177 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11179 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11180 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11184 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11185 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11192 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11195 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11196 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11197 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11199 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11200 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11202 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11205 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11207 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11209 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11210 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11211 `fortran-do-indent'
11212 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11213 `fortran-if-indent'
11214 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11215 `fortran-structure-indent'
11216 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11218 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11219 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11220 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11221 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11222 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11223 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11224 nil don't change the indentation
11225 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11227 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11228 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11229 depending on the continuation format in use.
11230 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11231 indentation for a line of code.
11233 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11234 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11235 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11236 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11237 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11238 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11239 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11240 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11241 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11242 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11244 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11245 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11246 statements (default nil).
11247 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11248 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11249 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11250 `fortran-continuation-string'
11251 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11252 line (default \"$\").
11253 `fortran-comment-region'
11254 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11255 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11256 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11257 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11258 as typed (default t).
11259 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11260 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11262 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11263 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11270 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20229 34587))
11271 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11273 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11274 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11276 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11277 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11279 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11281 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11282 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11284 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11285 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11287 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11289 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11290 Compile fortune file.
11292 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11293 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11295 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11297 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11298 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11300 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11301 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11302 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11303 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11305 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11307 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11308 Display a fortune cookie.
11309 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11310 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11311 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11312 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11314 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11318 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11319 ;;;;;; (20264 32142))
11320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11322 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11323 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11325 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
11327 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11328 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11329 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11330 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11332 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11333 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11334 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11335 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11336 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11338 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11339 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11340 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11341 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11343 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11344 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11345 shown in some of the buffers.
11347 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11349 The following commands help control operation :
11351 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11352 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11354 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11355 detailed description of this mode.
11358 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11360 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11361 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11365 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11366 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11367 | | (comint-mode) |
11374 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11375 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11376 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11377 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11378 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11379 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11381 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11386 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20229
11388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11390 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11391 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11392 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11393 instead (which see).")
11395 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11396 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11398 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11399 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11400 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11401 documentation string instead.
11403 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11404 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11405 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11406 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11407 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11408 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11409 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11410 enders are actually possible.
11412 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11413 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11415 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11416 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11417 `font-lock-keywords'.
11419 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11420 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11421 runs the macro expansion.
11423 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11424 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11425 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11427 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11429 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
11431 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11433 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11434 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11436 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11438 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11439 Enter generic mode MODE.
11441 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11442 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11443 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11445 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11446 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11450 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11451 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11452 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11453 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11454 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11455 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11456 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11457 `font-lock-keywords'.
11459 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11463 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11464 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11467 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11468 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11469 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11470 at places they belong to.
11472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11476 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11477 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11478 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11481 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11482 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11483 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11485 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11487 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11488 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11490 Guideline for numbers:
11492 3 - non-serious error messages
11493 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11494 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11495 9 - messages inside loops.
11497 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11499 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11500 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11501 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11503 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11505 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11506 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11508 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11510 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11511 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11513 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11514 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11515 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11516 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11517 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11518 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11520 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11521 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11522 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11523 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11524 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11526 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11528 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11533 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20258 34747))
11534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11535 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11536 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11538 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11539 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11543 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11545 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11546 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11547 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11548 name of an NNTP server to use.
11549 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11552 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11554 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11555 Read news as a slave.
11557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11559 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11560 Pop up a frame to read news.
11561 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11562 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11563 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11564 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11565 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11566 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11567 current display is used.
11569 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11571 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11573 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11574 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11575 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11577 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11581 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11582 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11583 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11584 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11585 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11586 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20265 7997))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11589 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11590 Start Gnus unplugged.
11594 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11595 Start Gnus plugged.
11599 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11600 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11604 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11605 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11607 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11608 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11609 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11611 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11612 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11613 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11617 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11618 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11622 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11623 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11624 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11625 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11626 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11629 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11632 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11633 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11634 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11635 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11638 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11640 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11641 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11645 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11646 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11647 downloaded into the agent.
11649 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11651 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11652 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11653 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11654 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11656 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11658 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11659 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11663 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11664 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11668 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11669 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11670 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11672 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11677 ;;;;;; (20232 10689))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11680 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11681 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11687 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11688 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20229 34587))
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11691 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11692 Set a bookmark for this article.
11696 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11697 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11699 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11701 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11702 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11703 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11704 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11705 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11711 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11712 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11713 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20229
11715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11717 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11718 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11721 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11725 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11726 Generate the cache active file.
11728 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11730 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11731 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11735 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11736 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11737 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11738 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11739 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11742 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11744 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11745 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11746 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11747 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11748 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11751 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11756 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20229 34587))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11759 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11760 Delay this article by some time.
11761 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11763 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11764 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11766 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11767 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11769 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11770 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11772 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11774 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11775 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11779 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11780 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11781 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11782 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11784 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11785 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11787 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11792 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20229 34587))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11795 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11798 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11800 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11803 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11807 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11808 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11811 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11812 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11818 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11819 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11822 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11823 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11830 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11831 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20229
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11835 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11836 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11840 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11841 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11845 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11846 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11848 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11849 different input formats.
11853 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11854 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11856 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11857 different input formats.
11861 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11862 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11863 The PNG is returned as a string.
11865 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11868 Convert FILE to a Face.
11869 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11872 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11877 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20229 34587))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11880 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11881 Display gravatar in the From header.
11882 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11884 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11886 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11887 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11888 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11890 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11894 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11895 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20232 10689))
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11898 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11899 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11900 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11901 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11903 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11906 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11908 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11913 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20229 34587))
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11916 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11919 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11921 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11924 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11929 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11932 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11934 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11935 Run batched scoring.
11936 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11942 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11943 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11944 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11947 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11952 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11953 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11954 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11956 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11958 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11959 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11961 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11968 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11969 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11972 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11973 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11974 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11975 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11978 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11979 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11980 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11981 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11983 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11984 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11985 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11986 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11987 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11988 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11989 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11990 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11991 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11992 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11994 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11996 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11997 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11998 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12001 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12002 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12004 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12006 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12007 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12008 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12010 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12014 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12015 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12016 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12018 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12020 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12021 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12022 existing groups are considered.
12024 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12025 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12028 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12029 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12030 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12031 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12032 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12033 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12034 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12035 clauses will be generated.
12037 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12038 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12039 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12040 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12041 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12042 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12044 For example, given the following group parameters:
12047 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12048 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12050 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12051 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12052 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12053 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12055 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12057 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12059 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12061 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12062 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12065 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12070 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20230 55355))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12073 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12074 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12075 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12076 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12078 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12080 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12083 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12085 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12086 Like `message-reply'.
12088 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12090 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12094 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12095 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12096 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
12097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12099 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12100 Display picons in the From header.
12101 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12105 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12106 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12107 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12111 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12112 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12113 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12120 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12121 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12122 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12123 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20229 34587))
12124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12126 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12127 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12128 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12129 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12131 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12133 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12134 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12135 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12138 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12140 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12141 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12142 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12144 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12146 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12149 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12151 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12152 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12153 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12155 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12158 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12159 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12161 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12163 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12165 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12166 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12167 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12169 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12171 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12172 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12173 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12175 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12177 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12178 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12179 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12181 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12183 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12184 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12186 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12191 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20229 34587))
12192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12194 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12195 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12199 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12200 Install the registry hooks.
12206 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12207 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20229
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12211 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12212 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12213 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12214 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12215 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12216 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12220 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12221 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12222 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12223 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12224 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12228 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12236 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
12237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12239 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12240 Update the format specification near point.
12246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12247 ;;;;;; (20259 55615))
12248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12250 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12251 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12253 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12258 ;;;;;; (20258 34747))
12259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12261 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12262 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12263 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12265 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12270 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20229 34587))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12273 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12274 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12278 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12279 Install the sync hooks.
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12286 ;;;;;; (20232 10689))
12287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12289 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12290 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12292 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12296 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12297 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12300 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil
"\
12301 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12303 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12304 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12305 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12307 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12309 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12313 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20229 34587))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12316 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12317 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12319 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12320 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12321 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12323 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12324 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12325 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12327 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12328 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12330 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12331 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12333 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12335 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12339 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12340 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20229
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12344 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12346 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12347 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12348 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12349 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12350 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12352 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12354 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12355 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12356 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12358 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12359 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12361 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12362 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12365 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12367 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12368 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12372 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12373 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12380 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20229 34587))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12383 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12384 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12385 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12387 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12389 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12390 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12392 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12397 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12398 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20255 25045))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12401 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12402 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12404 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12406 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12407 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12408 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12409 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12410 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12412 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12413 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12414 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12416 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12418 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12419 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12420 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12421 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12422 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12424 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12426 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12427 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12429 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12431 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12432 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12434 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12435 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12436 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12438 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12439 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12440 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12442 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12443 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12444 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12445 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12447 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12448 How to invoke find and grep.
12449 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12450 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12451 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12452 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12454 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12456 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12457 History list for grep.")
12459 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12460 History list for grep-find.")
12462 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12463 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12464 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12468 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12473 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12474 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12478 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12479 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12480 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12481 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12484 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12485 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12487 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12488 can easily repeat a grep command.
12490 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12491 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12492 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12495 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12497 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12498 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12499 Collect output in a buffer.
12500 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12501 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12503 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12504 easily repeat a find command.
12506 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12508 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12510 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12511 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12512 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12513 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12514 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12516 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12517 before it is executed.
12518 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12520 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12521 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12522 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12524 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12526 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12528 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12529 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12530 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12531 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12532 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12534 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12535 before it is executed.
12536 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12538 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12539 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12540 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12542 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12544 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12545 to specify a command to run.
12547 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12549 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12550 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12551 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12552 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12554 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12556 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12560 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20229 34587))
12561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12563 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12564 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12565 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12566 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12567 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12569 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12573 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12574 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20261 10951))
12575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12577 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12578 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12579 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12580 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12582 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12584 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12585 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12586 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12587 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12589 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12591 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12592 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12593 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12594 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12596 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12598 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12599 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12600 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12601 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12603 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12604 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12606 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12608 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12609 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12610 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12611 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12613 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12615 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12616 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12617 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12618 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12620 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12622 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12623 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12624 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12625 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12626 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12628 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12629 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12630 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12631 original source file access method.
12633 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12634 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12636 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12638 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12639 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12643 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12644 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12645 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12648 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12650 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12652 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12653 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12656 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20229
12664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12666 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12667 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12668 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12669 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12671 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12672 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12673 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12674 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12680 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12681 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12684 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12685 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12687 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12689 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12690 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12691 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12692 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12694 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12698 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12699 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12700 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12701 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12708 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12709 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12710 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20229 34587))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12713 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12714 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12718 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12719 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12720 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12724 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12725 Verify a hashcash payment
12727 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12729 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12730 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12731 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12732 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12733 `mail-add-payment-async').
12735 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12737 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12738 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12739 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12740 Calculation is asynchronous.
12742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12744 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12745 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12746 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12752 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12753 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12754 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12755 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20229 34587))
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12758 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12759 Return the help-echo string at point.
12760 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12761 property, or nil, is returned.
12762 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12763 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12764 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12766 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12768 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12769 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12770 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12771 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12772 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12776 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12777 Display local help in the echo area.
12778 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12779 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12780 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12783 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12784 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12785 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12789 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12790 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12791 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12795 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12796 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12797 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12801 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12802 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12803 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12804 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12805 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12806 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12807 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12808 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12809 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12810 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12811 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12813 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12814 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12815 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12816 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12817 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12819 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12820 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12821 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12822 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12823 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12824 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12825 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12826 The default is `never'.")
12828 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12830 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12831 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12832 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12833 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12834 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12835 considered different regions.
12837 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12838 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12839 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12840 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12841 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12842 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12843 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12844 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12845 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12847 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12849 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12850 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12851 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12852 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12855 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12856 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12857 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12858 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12859 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12860 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12861 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12862 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12864 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12865 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12866 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12867 rarely happens in practice.
12869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12871 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12872 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12873 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12874 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12875 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12876 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12882 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12883 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12884 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12885 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20229 34587))
12886 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12888 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12889 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12891 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12893 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12894 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12895 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12897 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12899 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12900 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12901 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12902 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12903 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12904 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12905 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12906 search for a function definition.
12908 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12909 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12910 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12911 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12912 suitable file is found, return nil.
12914 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12916 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12919 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12921 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12922 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12923 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12924 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12926 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12928 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12929 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12930 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12931 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12932 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12933 it is displayed along with the global value.
12935 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12937 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12938 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12939 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12940 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12942 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12944 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12945 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12946 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12947 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12948 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12952 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
12953 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12957 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
12958 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12964 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12965 ;;;;;; (20249 19777))
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12968 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12969 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12970 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12971 window listing and describing the options.
12972 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12973 gives the window that lists the options.")
12975 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12979 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12980 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12981 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20229
12983 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12985 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12986 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12987 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12993 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12998 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
13003 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
13004 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13006 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13007 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13008 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13009 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13011 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13012 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13013 restore it properly when going back.
13015 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
13017 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
13018 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13019 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13020 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13022 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13023 it does not already exist.
13027 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13028 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13030 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13031 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13032 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13033 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13034 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13035 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13036 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13037 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13039 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13040 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13041 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13042 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13044 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13045 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13050 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13051 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13052 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13053 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13054 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13055 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13057 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13059 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13060 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13061 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13062 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13063 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13065 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13067 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13068 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13070 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13074 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20229 34587))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13078 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13079 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13083 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13084 Provide help for current mode.
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13091 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20229 34587))
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13094 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13095 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13096 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13097 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13098 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13100 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13101 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13103 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13104 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13105 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13106 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13108 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13109 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13112 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13117 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13118 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13119 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13120 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13121 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13122 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13123 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13124 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13125 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13126 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13127 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13128 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13129 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13130 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13131 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13133 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13134 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13135 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13137 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13140 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13142 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13143 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13144 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13146 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13147 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13148 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13150 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13151 into the buffer at the current point.
13153 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13154 into the buffer at the current point.
13156 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13157 into the buffer at the current point.
13159 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13161 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13162 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13164 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13166 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13170 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13171 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13172 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13173 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13175 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13177 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13178 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13179 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13185 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13186 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13187 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13188 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
13189 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13191 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13192 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13193 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13194 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13195 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13197 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13198 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13199 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13200 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13201 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13202 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13204 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13205 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13207 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13208 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13209 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13210 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13212 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13213 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13215 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13216 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13218 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13219 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13220 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13221 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13222 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13223 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13224 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13225 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13226 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13227 function returns t.
13229 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13230 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13232 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13233 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13236 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13237 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13238 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13239 Patterns will be read until
13241 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13245 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13246 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13247 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13250 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13252 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13254 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13255 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13256 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13257 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13258 ARG is omitted or nil.
13260 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13261 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13262 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13266 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13268 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13269 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13271 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13272 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13273 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13274 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13275 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13277 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13279 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13281 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13282 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13284 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13285 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13286 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13287 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13288 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13290 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13292 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13294 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13295 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13297 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13298 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13300 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13302 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13304 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13305 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13307 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13308 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13309 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13310 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13311 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13313 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13315 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13316 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13318 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13319 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13320 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13326 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13327 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
13328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13330 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13331 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13333 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13334 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13336 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13337 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13338 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13339 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13342 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13343 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13346 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13347 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13348 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13349 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13350 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13353 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13354 #endif lines when hiding.
13356 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13357 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13360 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13361 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13362 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13364 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13370 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13371 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13374 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13375 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13376 Each element has the form
13377 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13379 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13380 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13382 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13383 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13385 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13386 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13387 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13388 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13389 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13390 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13392 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13393 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13395 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13396 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13398 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13399 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13400 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13402 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13403 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13404 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13405 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13406 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13408 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13409 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13410 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13412 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13413 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13415 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13418 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13422 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13423 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13429 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13430 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13431 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13432 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13433 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20229
13435 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13437 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13438 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13439 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13440 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13441 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13443 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13444 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13445 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13448 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13449 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13450 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13451 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13452 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13453 through various faces.
13454 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13455 buffer with the contents of a file
13456 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13460 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13461 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13462 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13463 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13464 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13466 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13467 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13468 in a distinctive face.
13470 The default value can be customized with variable
13471 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13473 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13477 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13478 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13479 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13483 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13484 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13488 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13489 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13493 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13494 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13496 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13497 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13498 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13499 shown in the last face in the list.
13501 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13502 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13503 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13505 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13509 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13510 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13512 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13514 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13517 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13518 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13520 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13521 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13522 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13524 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13526 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13527 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13529 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13530 this function is called interactively.
13532 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13533 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13534 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13536 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13537 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13538 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13540 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13542 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13543 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13544 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13547 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13549 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13551 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13552 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13553 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13554 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13555 ARG is omitted or nil.
13557 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13558 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13559 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13565 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13566 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13567 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13568 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13569 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20229 34587))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13572 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13573 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13574 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13575 or insert functions in this list.")
13577 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13579 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
13580 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13582 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13584 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13585 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13587 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13589 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13590 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13592 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13594 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13595 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13597 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13599 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13600 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13601 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13603 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13605 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13606 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13607 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13610 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13612 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13613 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13614 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13615 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13616 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13618 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13620 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13621 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13622 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13623 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13624 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13626 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13627 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13628 undoes the expansion.
13632 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13633 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13634 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13635 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13637 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13641 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13642 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13645 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13646 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13648 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13649 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13651 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13652 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13653 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13654 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13655 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13656 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13658 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13659 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13660 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13661 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13665 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13666 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13667 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13669 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13670 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13672 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13674 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13675 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13680 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13681 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13684 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13685 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13691 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13692 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13693 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13694 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13695 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20229 34587))
13696 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13698 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13700 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13701 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13702 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13704 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13706 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13708 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13710 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13712 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13714 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13716 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13718 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13720 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13722 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13724 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13726 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13728 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13730 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13731 User defined holidays.
13732 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13734 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13736 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13738 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13739 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13741 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13743 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13744 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13746 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13748 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13749 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13751 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13753 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13754 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13756 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13758 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13760 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13762 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13764 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13766 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13768 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13770 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13771 Christian holidays.
13772 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13774 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13776 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13778 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13780 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13782 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13784 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13786 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13788 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13790 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13792 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13794 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13796 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13798 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13800 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13801 Sun-related holidays.
13802 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13804 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13806 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13808 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13810 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13811 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13812 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13813 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13817 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13818 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13819 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13820 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13821 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13823 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13824 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13826 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13827 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13829 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13830 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13831 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13832 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13835 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13837 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13839 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13843 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20229
13845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13847 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13848 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13855 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20237 28610))
13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13858 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13859 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13860 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13861 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13864 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13865 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13868 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13869 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13871 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13872 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13873 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13875 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13877 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13878 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13879 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13881 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13883 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13887 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13888 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20229
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13892 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13893 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13895 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13896 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13897 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13899 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13900 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13901 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13902 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13903 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13904 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13906 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13907 title of the column.
13909 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13910 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13911 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13912 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13913 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13915 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13917 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13919 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13920 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13921 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13922 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13923 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13925 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13926 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13927 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13929 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13931 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13933 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13934 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13935 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13936 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13937 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13938 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13940 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13941 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13942 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13943 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13944 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13945 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13946 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13947 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13949 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13950 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13951 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13952 buffer's modification flag.
13953 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13954 prompted before performing this operation.
13955 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13956 operation is complete, in the form:
13957 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13958 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13959 confirmation message, in the form:
13960 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13961 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13962 macro for exactly what it does.
13964 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13966 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13968 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13969 Define a filter named NAME.
13970 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13971 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13972 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13974 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13975 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13976 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13977 bound to the current value of the filter.
13979 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13981 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13985 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13986 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20232 10689))
13987 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13989 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13990 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13991 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13992 buffers which are visiting a file.
13994 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13997 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13998 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13999 buffers which are visiting a file.
14001 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
14004 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14005 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14007 All arguments are optional.
14008 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14009 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14010 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14011 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14012 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14013 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14014 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14015 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14016 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14017 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14018 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14019 that value locally in this buffer.
14021 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14025 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14026 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14027 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20229 34587))
14028 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14030 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14031 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14032 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14033 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14035 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14037 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14038 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14039 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14040 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14042 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14043 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14044 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14046 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14048 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14049 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14050 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14051 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14052 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14053 non-marking or not.
14055 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14057 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14058 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14060 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14061 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14064 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14065 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14066 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14068 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14071 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14072 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14073 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14075 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14079 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20229
14081 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14083 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14084 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14085 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14087 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14088 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14090 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14092 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14093 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14095 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14096 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14102 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20229 34587))
14103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14105 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14106 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14107 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14108 Tab indents for Icon code.
14109 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14110 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14112 Variables controlling indentation style:
14113 icon-tab-always-indent
14114 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14115 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14117 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14118 inserted in Icon code.
14120 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14121 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14122 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14123 icon-continued-statement-offset
14124 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14125 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14126 icon-continued-brace-offset
14127 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14128 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14130 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14131 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14132 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14133 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14135 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14136 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14142 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14143 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
14144 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14146 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14147 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14148 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14149 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14151 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14152 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14155 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14156 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14158 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14159 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14160 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14162 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14164 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14168 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14169 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
14170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14172 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14173 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14175 The main features of this mode are
14177 1. Indentation and Formatting
14178 --------------------------
14179 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14180 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14182 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14183 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14184 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14185 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14187 Comments are indented as follows:
14189 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14190 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14191 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14193 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14195 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14196 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14197 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14198 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14199 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14200 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14202 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14203 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14204 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14205 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14209 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14210 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14211 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14212 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14213 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14214 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14215 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14216 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14217 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14218 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14223 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14224 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14225 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14226 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14230 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14231 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14232 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14233 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14234 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14237 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14238 --------------------------------
14239 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14240 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14242 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14243 \\fu FUNCTION template
14244 \\c CASE statement template
14245 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14246 \\f FOR loop template
14247 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14248 \\w WHILE loop template
14249 \\i IF statement template
14250 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14253 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14254 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14256 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14257 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14258 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14259 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14261 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14262 -------------------------
14263 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14264 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14266 7. Automatic END completion
14267 ------------------------
14268 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14269 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14273 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14274 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14276 9. Documentation and Customization
14277 -------------------------------
14278 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14279 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14280 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14281 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14282 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14286 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14287 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14288 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14290 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14296 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14297 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14298 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14299 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14300 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14301 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14302 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14303 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20229
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14307 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14308 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14309 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14310 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14312 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14313 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14314 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14317 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14319 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14321 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14322 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14323 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14324 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14325 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14326 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14327 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14328 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14329 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14333 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14334 Switch to another buffer.
14335 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14336 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14339 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14340 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14341 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14342 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14343 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14345 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14346 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14348 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14349 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14351 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14352 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14353 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14354 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14355 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14356 in a separate window.
14357 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14358 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14359 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14360 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14361 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14362 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14363 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14364 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14365 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14369 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14370 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14371 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14372 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14376 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14377 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14378 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14379 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14383 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14385 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14386 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14390 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14391 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14392 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14393 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14397 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14398 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14399 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14400 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14404 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14405 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14409 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14410 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14411 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14412 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14413 visible in another frame.
14415 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14416 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14417 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14418 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14419 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14420 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14422 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14423 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14425 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14426 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14428 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14429 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14430 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14431 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14432 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14433 in a separate window.
14434 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14435 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14436 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14437 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14438 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14439 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14440 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14441 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14442 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14443 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14444 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14445 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14446 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14447 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14448 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14452 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14453 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14454 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14455 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14459 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14460 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14461 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14462 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14466 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14467 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14468 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14469 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14473 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14474 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14475 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14476 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14480 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14481 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14482 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14483 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14487 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14488 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14489 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14490 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14494 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14495 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14496 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14497 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14501 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14502 Write current buffer to a file.
14503 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14504 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14508 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14509 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14510 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14511 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14515 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14516 Call `dired' the ido way.
14517 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14518 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14522 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14523 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14524 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14525 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14526 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14527 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14529 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14531 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14532 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14533 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14534 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14536 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14538 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14539 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14540 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14541 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14543 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14545 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14546 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14547 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14548 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14549 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14550 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14551 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14552 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14553 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14554 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14555 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14556 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14557 with point positioned at the end.
14558 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14559 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14561 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14565 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20229 34587))
14566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14568 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14569 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14570 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14576 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20229 34587))
14577 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14579 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14581 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14582 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14588 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14589 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14590 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14591 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14592 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14593 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
14594 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14596 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14597 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14598 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14601 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14603 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14604 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14605 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14610 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14611 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14612 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14615 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14617 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14618 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14619 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14622 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14624 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14625 Determine and return image type.
14626 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14627 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14628 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14629 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14630 use its file extension as image type.
14631 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14633 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14635 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14636 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14637 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14639 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14641 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14642 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14643 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14645 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14646 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14647 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14648 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14653 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14655 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14656 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14657 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14658 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14659 use its file extension as image type.
14660 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14661 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14662 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14663 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14665 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14667 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14668 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14669 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14671 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14673 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14674 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14675 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14676 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14677 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14678 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14679 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14680 POS may be an integer or marker.
14681 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14682 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14683 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14684 means display it in the right marginal area.
14686 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14688 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14689 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14690 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14691 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14692 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14693 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14694 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14695 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14696 means display it in the right marginal area.
14697 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14698 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14699 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14700 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14701 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14703 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14705 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14706 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14707 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14708 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14709 defaulted if you omit it.
14710 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14711 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14712 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14713 means display it in the right marginal area.
14714 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14716 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14718 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14719 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14720 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14721 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14723 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14725 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14726 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14728 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14730 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14731 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14732 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14733 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14734 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14735 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14736 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14737 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14740 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14742 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14744 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14746 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14747 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14749 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14750 documentation string.
14752 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14753 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14754 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14755 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14756 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14757 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14758 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14763 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14764 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14766 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14768 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14770 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
14771 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14772 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14773 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14774 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14775 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14777 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14783 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14784 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14785 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14786 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14787 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14788 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14789 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14790 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20229 34587))
14791 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14793 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14794 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14795 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14796 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14797 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14798 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14802 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14803 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14805 Convenience command that:
14807 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14808 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14809 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14811 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14812 image files in dired and type
14813 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14815 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14817 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14818 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14820 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14822 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14823 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14824 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14825 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14826 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14829 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14830 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14831 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14833 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14834 instead of erasing it first.
14836 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14837 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14838 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14839 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14840 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14841 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14843 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14845 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14846 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14847 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14848 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14853 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14855 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14857 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14858 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14862 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14863 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14864 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14868 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14869 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14873 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14874 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14875 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14876 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14880 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14881 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14885 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14886 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14890 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14891 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14895 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14896 Display current image file.
14897 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14898 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14902 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14903 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14907 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14908 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14909 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14910 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14911 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14912 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14913 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14917 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14918 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14919 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14926 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14927 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14928 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20229 34587))
14929 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14931 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14932 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14933 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14934 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14936 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14937 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14938 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14939 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14941 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14943 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14944 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14945 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14946 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14948 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14949 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14950 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14951 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14953 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14955 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14956 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14960 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14961 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14962 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14963 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14965 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14967 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14968 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14969 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14972 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14974 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14976 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14977 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
14978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
14979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14982 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
14983 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14984 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14991 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20229 34587))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14994 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14995 Major mode for image files.
14996 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14997 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15001 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
15002 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15004 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15005 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15007 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15008 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15013 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
15014 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15015 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15016 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15017 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15018 to display an image file as the actual image.
15020 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15021 to display an image file as text initially.
15023 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15028 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15031 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15035 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15036 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20229 34587))
15037 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15039 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15040 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15042 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15044 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15045 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15048 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15050 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15051 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15052 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15054 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15056 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15057 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15059 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15060 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15061 pattern's structure.
15063 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15064 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15065 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15067 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15069 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15071 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15072 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15074 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15075 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15076 called within a `save-excursion'.
15078 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15080 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15082 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15083 Function for finding the next index position.
15085 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15086 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15087 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15090 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15091 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15093 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15095 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15096 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15098 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15099 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15100 It should return the name for that index item.")
15102 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15104 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15105 Function to compare string with index item.
15107 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15108 non-nil if they match.
15110 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15111 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15112 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15113 arguments match\".")
15115 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15117 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15118 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15119 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15121 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15122 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15124 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15126 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15128 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15129 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15130 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15131 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15135 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15136 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15138 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15142 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15143 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15144 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15145 for more information.
15147 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15151 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15152 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15153 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20229 34587))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15156 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15157 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15159 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15161 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15164 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15166 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15169 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15171 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15174 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15176 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15177 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15183 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15184 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15185 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20229 34587))
15186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15188 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15189 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15190 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15191 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15192 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15194 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
15196 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
15197 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15199 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
15201 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15202 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15203 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15204 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15205 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15206 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15207 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15208 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15210 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
15212 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15213 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15214 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15215 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15216 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15218 This variable is only used if the variable
15219 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15221 More precise choices:
15222 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15223 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15226 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15228 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
15230 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
15231 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15233 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15234 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15235 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15237 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15238 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15239 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15240 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15244 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15248 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15249 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15250 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15251 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15252 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20242 46528))
15253 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15255 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15256 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15258 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
15259 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15261 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15262 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15263 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15264 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15265 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15266 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15267 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15268 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15269 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15270 with the top-level Info directory.
15272 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15273 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15274 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15275 appended to the Info buffer name.
15277 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15278 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15279 in all the directories in that path.
15281 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15283 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15285 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15286 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15290 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15291 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15292 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15293 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15297 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15298 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15299 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15300 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15302 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15304 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15305 Go to the Info directory node.
15309 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15310 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15311 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15312 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15313 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15314 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15316 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15318 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15319 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15320 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15322 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15324 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15325 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15326 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15327 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15328 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15330 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15332 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15333 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15334 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15335 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15336 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15338 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15339 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15341 Selecting other nodes:
15342 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15343 Follow a node reference you click on.
15344 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15345 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15346 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15347 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15348 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15349 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15350 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15351 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15352 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15353 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15354 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15355 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15356 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15357 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15358 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15359 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15360 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15361 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15362 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15363 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15365 Moving within a node:
15366 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15367 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15368 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15369 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15370 move up to the parent node.
15371 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15372 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15374 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15377 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15378 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15379 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15380 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15381 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15382 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15383 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15384 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15385 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15386 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15387 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15388 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15389 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15390 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15391 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15392 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15395 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15397 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15398 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15399 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15400 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15401 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15402 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15404 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15405 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15407 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15408 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15410 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15411 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15412 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15413 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15417 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15418 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15419 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15423 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15424 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15425 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15427 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15429 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15430 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15432 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15436 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15437 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15438 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15439 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15441 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15442 Throw away all cached data.
15443 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15444 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15448 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15450 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15451 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15452 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15453 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15454 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15455 one found at point.
15457 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15459 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15460 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15462 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15463 Display the documentation of a file.
15464 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15465 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15466 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15467 The default file name is the one found at point.
15469 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15471 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15473 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15474 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15476 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15478 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15479 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15481 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15485 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15486 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15487 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15490 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15491 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15492 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15493 current info file is the default.
15495 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15496 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15497 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15498 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15499 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15501 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15502 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15503 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15504 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15505 mistake in the reference.
15507 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15508 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15509 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15511 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15512 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15513 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15514 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15516 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15518 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15519 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15520 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15521 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15524 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15525 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15526 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15527 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15528 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15529 should be harmless.
15533 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15534 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15535 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15536 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15538 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15539 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15540 and can take a long time.
15544 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15545 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15546 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15548 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15550 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15551 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15553 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15554 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15555 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15556 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15559 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15560 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15561 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15562 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15565 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15569 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15570 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20229 34587))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15573 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15574 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15576 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15578 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15579 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15581 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15583 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15584 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15585 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15586 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15588 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15589 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15590 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15592 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15593 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15594 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15595 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15599 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15600 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15601 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15605 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15606 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15607 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15608 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15609 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15615 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15616 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15617 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15620 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15621 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15625 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15626 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15630 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15633 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15637 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20229
15639 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15641 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15642 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15643 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15644 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15645 accessed via isearchb.
15651 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15652 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15653 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15654 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20229 34587))
15655 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15657 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15658 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15659 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15660 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15661 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15663 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15665 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15666 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15667 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15668 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15669 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15671 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15673 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15674 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15675 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15676 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15677 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15679 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15681 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15682 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15683 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15684 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15685 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15687 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15689 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15690 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15691 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15692 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15693 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15695 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15697 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15698 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15699 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15700 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15701 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15703 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15705 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15706 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15707 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15708 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15709 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15711 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15713 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15714 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15715 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15716 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15718 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15720 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15721 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15722 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15723 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15725 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15727 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15728 Warn that format is read-only.
15730 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15732 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15733 Warn that format is write-only.
15735 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15737 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15738 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15745 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15747 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15748 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15749 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15754 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15755 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15756 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15757 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20229 34587))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15760 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15762 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15763 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15764 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15765 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15766 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15768 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15770 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15772 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15773 Key map for ispell menu.")
15775 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15776 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15777 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15778 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15780 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15782 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15784 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15786 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15788 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15789 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15790 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15791 Valid forms include:
15792 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15793 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15794 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15795 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15797 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15798 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15799 First list is used raw.
15800 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15802 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15803 for skipping in latex mode.")
15805 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15806 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15807 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15808 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15809 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15810 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15811 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15813 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15814 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15815 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15816 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15818 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15819 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15820 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15821 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15822 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15824 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15825 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15827 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15828 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15830 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15831 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15833 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15834 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15837 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15838 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15839 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15840 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15841 quit spell session exited.
15843 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15845 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15846 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15847 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15849 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15851 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15852 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15856 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15857 SPC: Accept word this time.
15858 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15859 `a': Accept word for this session.
15860 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15861 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15862 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15863 `?': Show these commands.
15864 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15865 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15866 the aborted check to be completed later.
15867 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15868 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15869 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15870 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15871 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15872 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15873 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15877 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15878 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15879 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15881 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15883 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15884 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15885 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15886 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15888 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15890 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15892 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15893 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15894 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15895 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15897 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15899 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15900 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15904 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15905 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15909 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15910 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15914 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15915 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15916 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15917 sequence inside of a word.
15919 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15921 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15923 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15924 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15928 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15929 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15930 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15931 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15933 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15934 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15935 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15936 available on the net.
15940 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15941 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
15942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
15943 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15944 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15946 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local mior mode. When enabled,
15947 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
15950 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
15951 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
15954 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
15955 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
15957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15959 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15960 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15961 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15962 Don't check included messages.
15964 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15965 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15966 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15968 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15969 in your .emacs file:
15970 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15971 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15972 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15973 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15975 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15976 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15977 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15983 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20229
15985 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15987 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15988 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15989 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15991 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15992 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15994 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15996 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15997 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
15998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
15999 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16000 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16002 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16003 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16010 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16011 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16012 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20229 34587))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16015 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16020 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16021 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16022 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16023 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16024 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16025 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16026 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16027 necessary to represent OBJ.
16029 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16031 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16032 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16033 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16034 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16036 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16038 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16039 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16040 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16041 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16042 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16044 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16046 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16047 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16048 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16049 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16051 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16053 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16054 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16055 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16056 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16058 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16060 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16061 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16063 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16065 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16066 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16067 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16068 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16069 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16071 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16073 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16074 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16075 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16076 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16077 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16079 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16081 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16082 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16083 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16085 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16089 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16090 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20250 40679))
16091 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16093 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16094 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16095 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16096 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16098 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16101 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16103 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16104 Uninstall jka-compr.
16105 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16106 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16107 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16113 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20229 34587))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16116 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16117 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16121 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16125 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16126 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16127 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
16128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16130 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16131 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16132 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16133 decimal key must be specified.")
16135 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16137 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16138 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16139 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16140 decimal key must be specified.")
16142 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16144 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16145 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16146 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16147 decimal key must be specified.")
16149 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16151 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16152 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16153 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16154 decimal key must be specified.")
16156 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16158 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16159 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16160 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16161 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16162 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16166 -------------------------------------------------------------
16167 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16168 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16169 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16170 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16171 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16172 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16173 in the global and local keymaps.
16175 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16176 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16178 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16182 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16183 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16184 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16186 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16187 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16188 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16190 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16191 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16192 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16193 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16196 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16197 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16198 the context of text formatting.
16200 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16204 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20229
16206 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16208 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16209 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16210 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16211 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16212 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16213 positions that contains the current selection.")
16215 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16216 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16217 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16218 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16219 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16220 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16221 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16227 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16228 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16229 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16230 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20229 34587))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16232 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16233 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16234 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16235 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16236 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16237 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16238 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16240 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16241 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16243 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16245 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16246 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16247 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16248 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16249 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16251 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16253 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16254 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16255 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16257 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16258 defining the macro.
16260 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16261 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16262 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16264 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16265 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16269 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16270 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16271 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16272 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16273 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16276 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16277 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16278 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16282 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16283 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16284 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16286 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16287 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16288 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16289 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16291 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16292 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16294 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16296 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16297 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16298 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16300 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16303 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16304 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16306 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16307 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16308 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16310 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16311 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16315 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16316 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16317 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16318 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16320 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16322 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16323 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16324 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16325 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16327 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16328 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16330 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16332 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16333 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16334 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16336 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16340 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16341 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20229 34587))
16342 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16344 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16345 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16346 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16348 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16355 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16356 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16359 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16361 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16362 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16366 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16367 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16368 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16369 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16371 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16372 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16373 none / 1 | yes | no
16378 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16379 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16380 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16386 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16387 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16388 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20229 34587))
16389 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16391 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16394 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16396 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16397 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16398 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16399 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16400 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16401 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16403 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16404 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16406 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16408 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16409 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16411 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16413 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16416 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16421 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16426 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16427 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20229 34587))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16430 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16431 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16432 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16433 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16435 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16437 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16438 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16439 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16441 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16443 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16444 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16445 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16449 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16450 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16451 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16452 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16454 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16458 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16459 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20229 34587))
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16462 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16463 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16464 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16465 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16466 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16467 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16468 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16469 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16471 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16472 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16475 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16477 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16479 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16480 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16481 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16482 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16483 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16484 `latin1-display-setup'.
16486 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16488 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16489 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16490 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16491 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16494 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16496 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16501 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16504 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16505 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16511 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16512 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16513 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16515 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16516 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16518 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16519 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16521 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16522 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16524 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16525 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16526 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16527 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16528 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16529 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16530 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16531 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16532 and transmit saved text.
16535 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16536 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16540 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16547 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20229 34587))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16550 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16551 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16552 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16553 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16554 generations (this defaults to 1).
16556 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16561 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20229 34587))
16562 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16564 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16565 Format used to display line numbers.
16566 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16567 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16568 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16569 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16571 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16573 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16574 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16576 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16577 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16579 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16583 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16584 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16585 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16588 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16590 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16592 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16593 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16594 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16595 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16596 ARG is omitted or nil.
16598 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16599 `linum-on' would do it.
16600 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20229
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16610 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16611 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16612 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16613 is nil, raise an error.
16615 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16616 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16617 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16618 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16619 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16620 defined by the library.
16622 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16623 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16624 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16625 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16626 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16629 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16630 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16631 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16632 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16634 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16639 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20229 34587))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16642 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16643 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16644 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16646 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16648 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16649 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16650 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16651 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16653 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16654 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16655 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16656 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16657 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16658 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16661 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16662 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16664 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16665 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16667 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16668 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16670 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16672 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16673 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16674 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16675 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16676 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16677 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16678 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16679 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16680 to constrain a big search.
16682 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16684 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16685 except that FILTER is not optional.
16687 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16691 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20229 34587))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16694 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16695 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16696 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16698 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16699 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16700 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16701 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16702 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16704 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16705 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16706 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16707 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16708 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16710 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16711 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16712 uses the current buffer.
16714 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16718 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20229
16720 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16722 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16723 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20229
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16733 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16734 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16735 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16736 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16737 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16739 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16740 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16741 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16744 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16745 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16746 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16748 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16749 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16755 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16756 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20229
16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16760 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16761 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16763 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16764 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16766 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16767 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16768 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16770 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16771 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16773 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16774 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16775 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16776 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16777 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16778 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16779 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16781 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16783 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16784 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16785 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16786 switch on this list.
16787 See `lpr-command'.")
16789 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16791 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16792 Name of program for printing a file.
16794 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16795 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16796 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16797 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16798 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16799 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16802 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16804 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16805 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16806 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16807 for customization of the printer command.
16811 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16812 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16814 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16815 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16816 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16817 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16819 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16820 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16822 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16823 for further customization of the printer command.
16827 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16828 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16829 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16830 for customization of the printer command.
16832 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16834 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16835 Paginate and print the region contents.
16837 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16838 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16839 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16840 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16842 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16843 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16845 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16846 for further customization of the printer command.
16848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16852 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16853 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16856 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16857 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16858 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16860 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16864 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20229
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16868 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16869 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16870 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16871 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16875 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20229
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16883 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16884 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16890 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16891 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16894 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16895 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16896 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16897 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16898 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16900 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16904 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16905 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20229 34587))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16908 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16909 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16910 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16911 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16912 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16914 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16916 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16917 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16918 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16919 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16921 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16922 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16923 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16924 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16927 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16928 use this command, and then save the file.
16930 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16932 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16933 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16934 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16935 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16936 each time the macro executes.
16937 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16938 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16939 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16940 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16941 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16942 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16943 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16947 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16948 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16949 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16950 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16952 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16953 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16954 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16957 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16958 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16960 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16961 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16962 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16963 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16964 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16966 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16969 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16970 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16971 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16973 You could enter the names in this format:
16979 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16982 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16985 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16986 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16988 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16989 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16993 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16994 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20237 28610))
16995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16997 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16998 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16999 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17000 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17001 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17002 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17004 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17005 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17006 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17007 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17008 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17010 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17011 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17012 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17015 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17017 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17018 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17020 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17024 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17025 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17026 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17029 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17030 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17034 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17039 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17040 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17042 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17044 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17045 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17046 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17049 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17055 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17056 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17057 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17058 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20229 34587))
17059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17061 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17062 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17063 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17064 often correct parser.")
17066 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17068 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17069 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17070 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17071 a value which excludes your own email address.
17073 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17074 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17076 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17078 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17079 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17081 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17083 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17084 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17085 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17086 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17088 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17090 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17091 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17092 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17093 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17095 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17097 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17098 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17099 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17100 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17102 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17104 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17105 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17106 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17107 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17108 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17109 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17110 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17111 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17112 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17115 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17117 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17118 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17119 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17120 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17121 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17122 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17123 matches may be returned from the message body.
17125 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17129 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17130 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20229
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17134 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17135 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17136 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17138 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17139 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17141 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17143 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17144 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17147 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17149 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17150 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17151 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17152 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17156 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17157 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17161 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17162 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17163 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17165 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17167 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17168 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17169 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17171 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17172 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17173 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17176 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17181 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17182 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20229 34587))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17185 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17186 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17187 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17189 If `parens', they look like:
17190 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17191 If `angles', they look like:
17192 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17194 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17196 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17197 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17198 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17199 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17200 their `Resent-' variants.
17202 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17203 removed from alias expansions.
17205 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17207 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17208 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17209 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17211 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17212 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17213 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17214 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17216 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17218 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17219 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17220 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17224 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17225 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17226 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17227 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17233 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17234 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17237 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17238 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17239 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17240 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17246 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17247 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17248 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20229 34587))
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17251 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17252 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17254 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17255 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17256 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17257 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17258 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17259 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17261 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17262 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17263 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17264 dependency, despite the colon.
17266 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17268 In the browser, use the following keys:
17270 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17272 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17274 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17275 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17277 `makefile-target-colon':
17278 The string that gets appended to all target names
17279 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17280 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17282 `makefile-macro-assign':
17283 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17284 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17285 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17286 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17287 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17288 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17290 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17291 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17292 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17294 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17295 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17297 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17298 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17299 up or down in the browser.
17301 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17302 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17304 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17305 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17307 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17308 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17309 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17310 has been selected in the browser.
17312 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17313 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17314 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17315 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17316 filenames are omitted.
17318 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17319 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17320 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17321 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17322 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17323 the backslash itself intact.
17324 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17325 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17327 `makefile-browser-hook':
17328 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17329 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17331 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17332 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17333 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17334 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17338 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17339 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17343 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17344 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17348 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17349 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17353 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17354 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17358 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17359 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17365 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20229
17367 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17369 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17370 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17371 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17377 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17378 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17381 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17383 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17384 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17385 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17386 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17387 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17388 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17389 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17390 page, it will display immediately.
17392 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17393 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17394 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17399 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17400 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17401 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17402 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17406 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17407 otherwise look like a page name.
17412 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17413 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17414 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17418 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17420 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17421 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17423 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17425 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17426 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17428 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20229 34587))
17433 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17435 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17436 Toggle Master mode.
17437 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17438 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17439 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17441 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17442 using the following commands:
17444 \\{master-mode-map}
17446 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17447 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17448 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17454 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17455 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17458 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17459 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17460 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17463 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17465 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17467 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17468 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17470 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17471 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17473 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17474 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17475 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17476 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17482 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17483 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17484 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17485 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17486 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17487 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17488 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20229 34587))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17491 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17493 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17494 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17495 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17496 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17497 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17498 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17499 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17500 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17501 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17502 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17503 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17504 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17505 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17506 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17507 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17508 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17509 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17510 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17511 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17512 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17513 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17514 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17515 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17516 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17517 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17518 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17519 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17520 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17521 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17522 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17523 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17524 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17525 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17526 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17527 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17528 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17529 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17530 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17534 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17535 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17536 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17537 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17538 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17540 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17542 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17543 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17545 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17547 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17548 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17550 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17552 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17553 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17555 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17557 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17558 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17559 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17561 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17563 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17564 Cancel an article you posted.
17565 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17569 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17570 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17571 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17572 header line with the old Message-ID.
17576 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17577 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17581 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17582 Forward the current message via mail.
17583 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17584 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17586 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17588 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17591 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17593 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17596 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17598 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17599 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17603 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17604 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17606 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17608 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17609 Re-mail the current message.
17610 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17611 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17616 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17617 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17619 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17621 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17622 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17624 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17626 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17627 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17629 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17631 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17632 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17634 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17636 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17637 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17638 Works by overstriking characters.
17639 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17640 which specify the range to operate on.
17642 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17644 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17645 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17646 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17647 which specify the range to operate on.
17649 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17653 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17654 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17657 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17658 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17662 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17663 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17669 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17670 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17671 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17674 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17675 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17676 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17680 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17681 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17682 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17683 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17684 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17685 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17686 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17688 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17690 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17691 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17692 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17693 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17694 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17696 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17697 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17699 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17701 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17702 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17703 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17704 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17705 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17707 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17708 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17710 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17714 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17715 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17716 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20229 34587))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17719 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17720 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17721 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17725 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17726 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17727 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17731 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17732 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17734 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17735 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17736 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17738 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17739 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17741 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17742 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17744 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17746 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17748 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17749 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17750 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17751 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17752 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17755 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17756 initial Subject field, respectively.
17758 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17759 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17762 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17763 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17765 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17767 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17768 Save draft and send message.
17770 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17771 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17772 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17775 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17776 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17777 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17779 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17780 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17781 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17782 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17783 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17784 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17786 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17787 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17789 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17790 message and scan line.
17792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17794 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17795 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17797 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17798 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17799 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17800 delete the draft message.
17806 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20229 34587))
17807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17809 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17811 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17813 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17815 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17816 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17822 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17823 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20229 34587))
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17826 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17827 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17828 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17830 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17831 the MH mail system.
17833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17835 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17836 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17837 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17839 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17840 the MH mail system.
17842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17845 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17847 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17848 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17849 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17852 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17853 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17854 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17857 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17861 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17862 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17863 can be used in several ways.
17865 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17866 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17867 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17868 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17872 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17873 The range must be nonempty.
17878 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17879 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17886 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17889 All of the messages.
17891 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17892 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17894 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17895 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17896 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17898 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17904 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17905 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20229 34587))
17906 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17908 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17909 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17910 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17911 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17912 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17913 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17914 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17915 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17916 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17917 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17918 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17922 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17923 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17924 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17925 to its second argument TM.
17927 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17931 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17932 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20229 34587))
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17935 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17936 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17937 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17939 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17940 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17942 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17944 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17945 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17946 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
17947 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17948 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17950 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
17951 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
17952 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
17953 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
17954 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
17955 is modified to remove the default indication.
17957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17961 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17962 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17963 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17965 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17966 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17967 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17968 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17969 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17970 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17971 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17972 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17973 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17977 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17978 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17979 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17980 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17981 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17982 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17983 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17984 The return value is always nil.
17986 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17990 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17991 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17992 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20229 34587))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17994 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17996 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17997 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17999 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18000 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18001 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18004 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18005 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18006 end of the search space).
18008 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18009 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18010 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18011 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18012 should return the previous buffer to search.
18014 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18015 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18016 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18018 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18019 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18020 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18023 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18024 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18025 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18027 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18028 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18029 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18033 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18034 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18035 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18036 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18037 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18038 whose names match the specified regexp.
18040 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18042 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18043 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18044 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18045 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18046 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18047 whose names match the specified regexp.
18049 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18051 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18052 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18053 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18054 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18055 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18056 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18057 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18059 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18061 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18062 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18063 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18064 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18065 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18066 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18067 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18069 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18073 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18074 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18077 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18078 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18085 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18088 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18089 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18091 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18095 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18096 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20229 34587))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18099 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18100 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18102 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18104 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18105 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18106 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18107 the entire message.
18108 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18110 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18115 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18118 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18119 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18120 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18121 the entire message.
18122 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18124 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18128 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18129 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20229 34587))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18132 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18133 Insert file contents of URL.
18134 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18136 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18138 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18139 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18141 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18145 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18146 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20229 34587))
18147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18149 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18150 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18151 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18152 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18153 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18155 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18157 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18158 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18159 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18161 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18165 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18166 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18169 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18170 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18174 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18175 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18176 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18177 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18179 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18180 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18181 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18182 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18183 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18184 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18186 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18191 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18194 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18197 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18199 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18202 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18207 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18208 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20229 34587))
18209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18211 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18214 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18216 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18219 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18221 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18224 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18226 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18229 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18231 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18234 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18236 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18239 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18241 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18248 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20159
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18252 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18254 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18255 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18256 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18257 followed by the first character of the construct.
18259 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18260 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18261 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18262 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18263 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18264 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18265 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18266 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18267 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18268 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18269 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18270 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18271 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18274 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18275 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18276 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18283 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20229 34587))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18286 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18287 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18289 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18291 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18292 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18294 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18296 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18297 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18299 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18301 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18302 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18304 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18309 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20229 34587))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18312 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18313 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18315 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18316 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18317 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18319 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18320 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18321 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18323 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18324 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18326 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18327 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18328 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18329 hemisphere you're in.)
18331 To test this function, evaluate:
18332 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18334 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18336 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18337 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18339 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18340 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18342 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18343 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18344 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18346 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18347 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18349 To test this function, evaluate:
18350 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18352 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20229
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18360 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18361 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18362 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18364 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18365 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18367 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18369 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18370 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18371 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18372 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18373 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18375 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18376 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18378 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18379 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18380 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18381 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18382 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18384 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18385 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18386 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18387 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18388 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18390 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18391 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18393 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18394 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20229 34587))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18403 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18404 Main entry point for MPC.
18410 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20229 34587))
18411 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18413 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18414 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18420 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20229 34587))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18423 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18424 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18425 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18427 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18428 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18430 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18432 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18435 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18436 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18438 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18439 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18445 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18446 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18447 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18448 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18449 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18453 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18454 Display a list of all character sets.
18456 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18457 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18458 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18459 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18460 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18462 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18463 but still shows the full information.
18467 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18468 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18469 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18471 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18472 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18473 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18474 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18475 meanings of these arguments.
18477 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18479 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18480 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18482 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18484 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18485 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18487 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18489 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18490 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18492 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18494 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18495 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18497 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18498 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18500 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18501 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18502 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18503 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18504 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18505 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18506 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18507 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18508 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18509 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18510 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18511 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18512 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18513 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18514 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18515 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18519 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18520 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18524 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18525 Display a list of all coding systems.
18526 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18528 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18529 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18533 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18534 Display a list of all coding categories.
18538 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18539 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18540 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18542 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18544 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18545 Display information about FONTSET.
18546 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18548 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18550 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18551 Display a list of all fontsets.
18552 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18553 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18554 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18558 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18559 Display information about all input methods.
18563 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18564 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18566 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18567 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18568 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18569 system which uses fontsets).
18573 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18574 Show log of font listing and opening.
18575 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18576 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18578 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18582 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18583 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18584 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18585 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18586 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18587 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20229 34587))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18590 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18591 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18592 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18594 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18596 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18598 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18599 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18601 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18602 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18604 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18605 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18607 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18609 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18610 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18611 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18612 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18613 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18614 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18615 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18617 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18618 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18619 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18620 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18621 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18622 middle of a character in STR.
18624 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18625 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18627 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18628 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18629 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18630 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18631 defaults to \"...\".
18633 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18635 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18636 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18638 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18639 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18640 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18642 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18643 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18644 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18646 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18647 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18648 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18650 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18651 longer than KEYSEQ.
18652 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18654 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18656 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18657 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18658 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18659 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18660 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18661 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18662 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18663 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18664 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18665 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18666 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18668 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18670 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18671 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18673 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18675 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18676 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18678 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18680 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18681 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18683 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18685 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18686 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18688 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18690 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18691 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18692 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18693 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18694 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18696 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18697 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18699 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18700 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18701 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18702 coding systems ordered by priority.
18704 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18706 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18707 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18708 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18709 language environment LANG-ENV.
18711 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18713 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18714 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18715 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18716 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18717 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18718 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18720 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18724 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18725 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18726 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18727 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20229
18729 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18731 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18732 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18736 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18737 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18741 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18742 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18746 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18747 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18751 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18752 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18756 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18757 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18759 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18761 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18763 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18764 `ping-program-options'.
18768 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18769 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18773 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18774 Run nslookup program.
18778 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18779 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18783 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18788 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18793 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18794 Finger USER on HOST.
18796 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18798 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18799 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18800 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18801 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18803 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18805 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18810 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18811 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18813 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18815 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18816 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18818 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18822 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20229
18824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18826 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18827 Return a user name/password pair.
18828 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18829 listed in the PORTS list.
18831 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18835 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18836 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
18837 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18839 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18840 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18841 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18842 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18843 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18846 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18848 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18849 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18850 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18851 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18852 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18853 a port number to connect to.
18855 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18858 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18860 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18861 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18862 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18863 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18864 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18865 an unencrypted connection.
18866 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18867 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18868 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18869 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18870 returned object is a killed process.
18871 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18872 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18873 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18875 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18876 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18877 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18878 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18879 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18880 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18881 or nil if none could be found.
18882 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18883 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18885 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18887 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18888 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18889 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18891 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18892 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18893 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18895 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18896 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18897 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18899 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18900 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18901 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18902 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18904 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18905 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18907 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18908 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18909 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18910 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18911 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18912 or STARTTLS connections.
18914 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18915 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18918 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18919 asynchronously, if possible.
18921 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18923 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18927 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18928 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18929 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18930 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18931 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18932 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20229 34587))
18933 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18935 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18937 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18939 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18941 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18943 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18944 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18945 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18946 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18947 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18948 Major modes should set this variable.")
18950 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18951 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18952 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18953 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18954 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18955 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18957 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18958 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18960 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18961 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18962 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18964 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18965 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18966 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18967 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18968 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18970 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18971 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18972 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18974 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18975 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18976 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18977 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18979 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18980 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18981 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18982 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18983 column indentation or nil.
18984 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18986 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18987 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18988 The function has no args.
18990 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18991 comments always start in column zero.")
18993 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18994 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18995 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18997 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18999 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
19000 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19001 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19002 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19004 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19005 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19007 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19009 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19010 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19011 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19012 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19013 customize this variable.
19015 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19016 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19018 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19020 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19021 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19022 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19023 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19024 the variables are properly set.
19026 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19028 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19029 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19033 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19034 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19035 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19037 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19039 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19040 Set the comment column based on point.
19041 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19042 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19043 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19044 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19048 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19049 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19050 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19054 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19055 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19056 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19059 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19061 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19062 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19063 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19064 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19065 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19067 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19068 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19069 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19071 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19072 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19073 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19074 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19075 changed with `comment-style'.
19077 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19079 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19080 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19081 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19082 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19084 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19086 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19087 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19088 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19089 is passed on to the respective function.
19091 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19093 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19094 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19095 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19096 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19097 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19098 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19099 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19100 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19101 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19102 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19106 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19107 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19108 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19110 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19112 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19113 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19114 This indents the body of the continued comment
19115 under the previous comment line.
19117 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19118 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19119 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19121 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19122 or comment indentation.
19124 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19125 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19127 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19131 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19132 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20229 34587))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19135 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19136 Check whether newsticker is running.
19137 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19138 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19142 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19143 Start the newsticker.
19144 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19145 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19146 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19147 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19149 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19153 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19154 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19157 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19158 Start newsticker plainview.
19164 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19165 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19166 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19168 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19169 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19175 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19176 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20229 34587))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19179 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19180 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19181 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19182 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19187 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19188 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19189 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19196 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19197 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19200 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19201 Start newsticker treeview.
19207 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19208 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19211 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19212 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19214 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20229
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19222 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19223 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19224 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19225 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19226 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19227 symbol in the alist.
19229 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19233 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19234 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19237 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19238 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19239 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19245 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19246 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19249 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19250 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19252 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19257 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20229 34587))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19260 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19261 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19262 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19264 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19266 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19269 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19271 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19272 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19273 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19274 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19275 to future sessions.
19277 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19279 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19280 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19281 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19282 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19283 to future sessions.
19285 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19289 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19290 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19293 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19294 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19296 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19297 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19298 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19304 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19305 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19306 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19308 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19309 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19310 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19311 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19313 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19317 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20229
19319 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19321 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19322 Major mode for editing XML.
19324 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19325 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19326 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19327 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19328 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19329 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19330 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19332 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19334 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19335 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19337 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19338 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19339 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19340 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19343 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19344 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19345 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19346 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19347 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19348 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19350 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19351 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19352 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19354 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19355 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19356 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19358 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19359 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19360 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19361 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19362 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19363 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19364 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19365 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19366 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19368 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19370 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19371 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19375 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19379 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19380 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20229 34587))
19381 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19383 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19384 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19385 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19386 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19392 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19393 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19394 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree
19395 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-buffer org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19396 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19397 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19398 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19399 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19400 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19401 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19402 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19403 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20230 13182))
19404 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19406 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19411 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19416 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19417 Display information on the current source block.
19418 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19419 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19423 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19424 Conditionally expand a source block.
19425 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19426 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19430 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19431 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19432 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19433 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19437 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19438 Conditionally pop to a session.
19439 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19440 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19444 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19445 Execute the current source code block.
19446 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19447 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19448 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19450 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19451 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19453 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19454 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19456 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19457 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19460 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19463 Expand the current source code block.
19464 Expand according to the source code block's header
19465 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19467 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19469 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19470 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19474 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19475 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19479 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19480 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19481 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19482 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19485 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19488 Initiate session for current code block.
19489 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19490 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19491 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19493 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19495 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19496 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19497 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19498 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19499 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19501 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19503 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19504 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19506 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19508 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19509 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19510 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19511 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19512 results already exist.
19514 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19516 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19517 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19518 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19519 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19520 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19522 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19523 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19524 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19525 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19526 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19527 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19528 switches --------- string holding the switches
19529 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19530 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19531 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19532 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19533 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19534 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19535 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19536 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19538 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19540 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19542 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19543 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19544 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19547 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19549 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19551 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19552 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19553 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19556 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19558 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19560 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19561 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19562 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19563 the current buffer.
19565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19567 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19568 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19569 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19570 the current subtree.
19572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19574 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19575 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19577 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19579 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19580 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19584 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19585 Go to a named source-code block.
19589 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19590 Go to a named result.
19594 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19595 Jump to the next source block.
19596 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19600 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19601 Jump to the previous source block.
19602 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19606 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19607 Mark current src block
19613 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19614 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19615 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19617 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19618 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19624 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19625 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20229 34587))
19626 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19628 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19629 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19630 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19632 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19634 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19635 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19636 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19637 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19641 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19642 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19648 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19649 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19650 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19653 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19654 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19655 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19656 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19657 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19658 then the name of the language is used.")
19660 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19662 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19663 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19664 This function exports the source code using
19665 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19670 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19671 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19672 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19673 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19674 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19675 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19677 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19679 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19680 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19681 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19682 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19683 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19684 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19685 exported source code blocks by language.
19687 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19691 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19692 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19695 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19696 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19697 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19699 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19701 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19702 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19704 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19705 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19706 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19710 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19714 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19715 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19718 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19719 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19721 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19722 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19723 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19724 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19726 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19727 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19728 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19729 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19730 is why you need this mode!).
19732 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19733 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19734 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19736 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19741 \\{octave-mode-map}
19743 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19744 ==============================================
19746 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19747 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19748 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19750 `octave-block-offset'
19751 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19754 `octave-continuation-offset'
19755 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19758 `octave-continuation-string'
19759 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19760 Default is a backslash.
19762 `octave-send-echo-input'
19763 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19764 command to the inferior Octave process.
19766 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19767 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19768 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19770 `octave-send-echo-input'
19771 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19773 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19775 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19776 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19778 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19780 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19781 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19783 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19786 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19788 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19789 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19790 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19791 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19797 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19798 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19799 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19800 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19801 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19802 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19803 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
19804 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19806 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19807 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19809 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19811 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19812 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19813 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19815 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19816 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19817 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19818 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19819 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19820 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19821 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19822 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19823 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19824 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19826 The following commands are available:
19832 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19834 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19835 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19836 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19837 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19841 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19842 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19843 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19844 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19845 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19846 defined by Org-mode).
19848 M-up Move entry/item up
19849 M-down Move entry/item down
19852 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19853 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19854 M-S-left Promote subtree
19855 M-S-right Demote subtree
19856 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19858 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19859 TAB Cycle item visibility
19860 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19861 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19862 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19866 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19867 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19871 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19872 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19876 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19877 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19878 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19879 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19882 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19885 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19886 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19887 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19889 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19890 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19891 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19895 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19896 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19897 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19901 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19902 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19903 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19908 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19909 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19911 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19913 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19914 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19916 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19917 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19918 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19919 returned as a list.
19921 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19922 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19923 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19924 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19925 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19926 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19927 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19928 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19929 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19932 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19933 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19934 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19935 visited by the iteration.
19937 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19939 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19940 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19941 region The entries within the active region, if any
19943 The entries within the active region, but only those at
19944 the same level than the first one.
19945 file The current buffer, without restriction
19947 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19948 agenda All agenda files
19949 agenda-with-archives
19950 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19952 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19954 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19955 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19957 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19958 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19959 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19960 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19961 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19962 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19963 function leaves it.
19965 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19966 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19967 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19968 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19969 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19970 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19971 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19972 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19974 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19976 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19977 Switch between Org buffers.
19978 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19979 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19981 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19982 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19986 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19988 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19990 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19991 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19992 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19993 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19997 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19998 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20000 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20002 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20003 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20004 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20008 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20013 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20014 Reload all org lisp files.
20015 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20017 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20019 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20020 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20026 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20027 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20028 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20029 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20030 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20236 7740))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20033 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20034 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20035 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20036 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20038 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20039 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20040 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20041 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20042 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20043 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20044 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20045 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20046 e Export views to associated files.
20047 s Search entries for keywords.
20048 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20049 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20050 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20051 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20052 > Remove a previous restriction.
20053 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20054 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20055 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20057 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20058 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20059 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20061 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20062 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20063 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20064 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20067 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20069 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20070 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20071 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20072 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20073 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20074 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20075 before running the agenda command.
20077 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20079 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20080 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20081 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20082 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20083 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20084 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20085 before running the agenda command.
20087 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20088 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20090 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20092 category The category of the item
20093 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20094 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20095 todo selected in TODO match
20096 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20097 diary imported from diary
20098 deadline a deadline on given date
20099 scheduled scheduled on given date
20100 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20101 closed entry was closed on given date
20102 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20103 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20104 block entry has date block including g. date
20105 todo The todo keyword, if any
20106 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20107 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20108 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20109 extra Sting with extra planning info
20110 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20111 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20112 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20114 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20116 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20119 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20122 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20124 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20126 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20127 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20128 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20129 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20131 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20132 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20133 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20135 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20136 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20138 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20140 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20141 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20143 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20144 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20145 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20146 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20149 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20150 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20151 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20152 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20153 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20154 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20156 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20157 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20158 including newlines.
20160 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20161 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20162 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20163 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20164 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20165 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20166 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20168 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20169 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20170 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20171 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20173 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20174 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20175 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20176 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20177 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20178 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20179 Boolean search must match as full words.
20181 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20182 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20184 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20187 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20188 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20189 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20190 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20191 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20195 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20196 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20197 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20199 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20201 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20202 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20203 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20204 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20205 `org-stuck-projects'.
20207 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20209 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20210 Return diary information from org-files.
20211 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20212 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20213 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20214 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20215 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20217 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20219 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20221 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20222 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20226 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20227 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20228 So the example above may also be written as
20230 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20232 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20233 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20234 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20236 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20238 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20239 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20241 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20243 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20244 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20245 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20249 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20250 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20251 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20254 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20255 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20257 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20258 for filtering entries out.
20260 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20261 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20262 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20264 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20265 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20267 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20268 (category \"Work\"))
20270 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20271 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20273 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20274 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20275 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20276 details and examples.
20278 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20282 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20283 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20284 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20285 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20287 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20288 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20289 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20293 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20294 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20295 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20301 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20302 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20303 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20304 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20229
20306 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20308 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20309 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20311 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20313 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20314 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20316 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20318 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20319 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20321 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20323 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20324 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20326 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20328 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20329 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20330 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20334 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20335 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20336 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20337 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20338 command to convert it.
20340 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20342 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20343 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20344 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20345 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20346 cut-and-paste operations.
20347 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20348 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20349 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20350 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20352 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20354 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20355 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20357 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20359 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20360 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20361 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20362 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20363 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20364 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20365 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20366 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20367 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20368 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20369 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20370 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20371 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20372 publishing directory.
20374 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20378 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20229
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20382 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20383 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20384 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20391 ;;;;;; (20230 13182))
20392 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20394 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20395 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20401 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20402 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20236 7740))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20405 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20407 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20408 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20409 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20410 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20411 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20412 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20414 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20415 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20416 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20419 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20421 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20422 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20425 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20427 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20432 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20433 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20439 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20440 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20236 7740))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20443 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20444 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20445 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20446 fontified, and then returned.
20448 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20450 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20451 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20457 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20458 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20229 34587))
20459 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20461 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20462 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20463 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20464 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20467 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20471 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20472 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20473 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20474 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20229 34587))
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20477 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20478 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20479 This function can be used in batch processing.
20484 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20485 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20489 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20490 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20491 No file is created.
20495 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20496 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20497 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20498 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20499 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20500 then use this command to convert it.
20502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20504 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20505 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20506 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20507 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20508 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20509 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20510 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20511 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20512 could call this function in the following way:
20514 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20516 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20517 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20519 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20521 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20522 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20524 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20526 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20527 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20531 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20532 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20533 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20534 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20535 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20536 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20537 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20538 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20539 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20540 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20541 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20542 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20543 publishing directory.
20545 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20549 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20550 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20551 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20554 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20555 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20556 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20557 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20558 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20560 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20561 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20562 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20564 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20565 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20566 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20570 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20571 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20572 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20573 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20574 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20575 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20576 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20577 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20580 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20582 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20583 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20584 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20585 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20586 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20588 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20589 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20590 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20591 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20593 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20594 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20595 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20597 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20598 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20599 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20602 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20604 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20605 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20611 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20612 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20229
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20616 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20617 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20621 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20622 Get inbox items from FEED.
20623 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20624 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20626 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20629 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20633 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20634 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20640 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20641 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20229 34587))
20642 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20644 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20645 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20647 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20649 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20650 to create them otherwise.
20652 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20655 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20657 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20659 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20660 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20662 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20663 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20664 Org-mode exporters.
20666 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20667 referenced sequence.
20669 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20670 export properties of the buffer.
20672 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20673 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20674 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20675 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20676 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20677 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20679 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20680 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20681 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20682 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20683 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20685 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20689 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20690 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20691 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20692 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20229 34587))
20693 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20695 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20696 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20697 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20698 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20699 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20700 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20701 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20702 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20703 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20704 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20705 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20706 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20709 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20711 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20713 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20714 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20716 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20718 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20719 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20720 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20722 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20724 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20725 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20726 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20727 have them in `org-mode'.
20729 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20730 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20731 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20732 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20733 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20734 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20736 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20738 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20739 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20741 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20743 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20744 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20746 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20750 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20751 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20752 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20753 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20229 34587))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20756 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20758 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20760 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20762 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20763 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20764 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20765 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20766 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20770 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20771 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20772 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20774 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20775 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20776 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20780 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20781 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20782 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20786 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20787 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20788 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20789 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20790 command to convert it.
20792 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20794 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20795 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20796 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20797 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20798 cut-and-paste operations.
20799 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20800 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20801 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20802 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20804 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20806 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20807 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20809 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20811 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20812 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20813 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20814 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20815 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20816 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20817 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20818 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20819 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20820 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20821 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20822 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20823 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20824 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20825 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20827 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20829 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20830 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20831 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20832 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20833 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20834 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20835 need into your CSS file.
20837 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20838 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20839 that uses these same face definitions.
20845 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20846 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20847 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20848 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20850 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20851 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20852 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20853 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20857 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20858 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20859 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20860 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20864 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20865 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20866 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20872 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20873 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20874 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20875 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20878 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20879 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20880 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20881 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20883 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20885 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20886 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20887 Create an ID if necessary.
20891 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20892 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20893 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20894 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20895 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20896 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20897 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20899 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20901 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20902 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20903 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20904 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20906 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20908 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20910 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20911 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20912 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20913 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20915 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20917 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20918 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20919 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20923 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20924 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20925 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20926 if there is no entry with that ID.
20927 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20929 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20931 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20932 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20936 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20937 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20943 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20944 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20947 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20948 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20950 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
20951 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
20953 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
20954 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
20957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20961 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20962 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20963 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20965 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20966 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20972 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20973 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20974 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20975 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20976 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20978 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20979 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20983 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20984 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20985 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20989 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20990 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20991 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20995 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20996 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20997 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20998 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20999 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21000 then use this command to convert it.
21002 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21004 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21005 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21006 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21007 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21008 cut-and-paste operations.
21009 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21010 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21011 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21012 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21014 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21016 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21017 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21019 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21021 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21022 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21023 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21024 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21025 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21026 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21027 convert them as description lists.
21028 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21029 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21030 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21031 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21032 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21033 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21034 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21035 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21036 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21037 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21038 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21040 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21042 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21043 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21045 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21047 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21048 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21054 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21055 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21056 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
21057 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21059 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21060 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21061 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21062 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21063 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21066 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21068 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21069 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21070 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21072 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21073 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21074 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21076 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21078 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21079 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21080 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21083 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21085 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21086 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21087 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21088 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21089 this command to convert it.
21091 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21093 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21094 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21095 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21096 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21097 cut-and-paste operations.
21098 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21099 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21100 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21101 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21103 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21105 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21106 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21108 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21112 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21113 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20230
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21117 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21118 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21119 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21120 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21124 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21125 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21126 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21127 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21131 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21132 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21138 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21139 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-region-as-odt org-replace-region-by-odt
21140 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt-to-buffer org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21141 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20236 7740))
21142 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21144 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21145 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21146 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21147 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21148 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21152 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21153 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21154 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21156 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21157 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21158 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21162 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-to-buffer "org-odt" "\
21163 Call `org-lparse-odt` with output to a temporary buffer.
21164 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-lparse-to-buffer'.
21168 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-odt "org-odt" "\
21169 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to ODT.
21170 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21171 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an ODT buffer and then use this
21172 command to convert it.
21174 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21177 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to ODT.
21178 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21179 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21180 cut-and-paste operations.
21181 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21182 of the converted ODT. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21183 produced ODT as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21184 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21186 (setq odt (org-export-region-as-odt beg end t 'string))
21188 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21189 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21191 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21193 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21194 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21195 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21196 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21197 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21198 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21199 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21200 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21201 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21202 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21203 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21204 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21205 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21206 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21207 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21209 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21212 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21213 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21214 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21215 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21216 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21217 using `org-open-file'.
21219 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21222 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21223 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21224 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21225 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21226 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21227 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21230 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21232 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21233 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21234 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21241 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21242 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21243 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21245 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21246 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21247 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21248 line directly before or after the table.
21250 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21254 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21255 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21256 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
21257 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21259 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21261 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21264 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21267 Publish all projects.
21268 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21269 directory and force publishing all files.
21271 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21274 Publish the current file.
21275 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21277 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21280 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21281 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21284 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21288 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21289 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21290 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20229 34587))
21291 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21293 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21294 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21298 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21299 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21300 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21301 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21302 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21306 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21307 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21308 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21309 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21311 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21313 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21314 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21315 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21316 of the remember buffer.
21318 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21319 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21320 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21321 note stored by remember.
21323 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21324 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21326 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21329 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21330 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21331 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21332 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21333 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21334 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21335 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21336 process is used to select the target location.
21338 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21339 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21341 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21342 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21345 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21346 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21347 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21348 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21350 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21351 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21352 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21353 some additional data.
21355 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21356 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21357 \(i.e. after the stars).
21359 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21365 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21366 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20236 7740))
21367 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21369 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21370 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21374 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21375 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21380 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21381 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21382 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21383 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21385 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21389 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21390 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20236 7740))
21391 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21393 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21394 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21395 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21396 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21397 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21398 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21399 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21400 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21401 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21402 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21403 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21404 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21408 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21409 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21410 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21416 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21417 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21418 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21421 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21422 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21423 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21424 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21425 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21426 without user interaction.
21427 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21428 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21429 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21430 the region 0:00:00.
21432 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21435 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21436 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21437 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21438 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21439 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21440 that was not started at the correct moment.
21442 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21445 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21447 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21448 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21450 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21453 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21458 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21460 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21461 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21462 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21464 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21465 the duration of the timer.
21467 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21468 without prompting the user for a duration.
21470 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21471 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21472 replace any running timer.
21474 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21478 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21479 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21480 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21482 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21483 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21484 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21486 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21490 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21491 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21492 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21493 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21494 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21496 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21497 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21498 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21499 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21501 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21502 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21503 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21504 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21506 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21507 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21508 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21509 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21510 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21511 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21513 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21514 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21515 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21517 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21518 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21519 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21520 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21521 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21522 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21523 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21524 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21525 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21526 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21527 The subheadings remain visible.
21528 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21530 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21531 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21532 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21534 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21535 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21539 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21540 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21545 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21548 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21552 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21553 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21554 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21555 ;;;;;; (20259 55615))
21556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21558 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21559 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21560 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21561 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21562 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21564 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21565 activate the package system at any time.")
21567 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21569 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21570 Install the package named NAME.
21571 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21572 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21576 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21577 Install a package from the current buffer.
21578 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21579 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21580 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21582 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21583 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21584 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21586 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21588 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21589 Install a package from a file.
21590 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21594 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21595 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21596 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21597 makes them available for download.
21601 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21602 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21603 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21604 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21606 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21608 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21609 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21611 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21613 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21614 Display a list of packages.
21615 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21616 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21617 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21619 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21621 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21625 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20229 34587))
21626 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21628 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21629 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21630 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21633 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21635 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21637 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21638 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21643 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21644 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21645 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21651 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21652 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21653 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21654 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21656 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21657 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21658 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21659 unknown are returned as nil.
21661 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21665 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20229
21667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21669 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21670 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21671 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21673 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21674 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21676 Other useful functions are:
21678 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21679 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21680 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21681 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21682 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21683 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21684 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21685 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21686 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21688 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21690 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21691 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21692 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21693 Indentation for case statements.
21694 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21695 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21697 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21698 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21699 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21700 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21701 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21702 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21703 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21704 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21705 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21706 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21708 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21709 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21711 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21712 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21718 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21719 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20229 34587))
21720 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21722 (defvar password-cache t "\
21723 Whether to cache passwords.")
21725 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21727 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21728 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21729 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21731 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21733 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21734 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21736 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21740 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21741 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21744 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21745 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21746 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21748 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21749 _ matches anything.
21750 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21751 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21752 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21753 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21754 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21755 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21756 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21757 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21758 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21760 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21761 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21762 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21763 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21764 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21765 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21767 PRED can take the form
21768 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21769 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21770 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21771 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21772 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21773 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21774 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21776 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21778 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21780 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21781 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21782 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21783 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21785 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21787 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21789 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21790 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21791 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21792 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21794 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21796 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21800 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20229
21802 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21804 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21805 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21811 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21812 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20254 62253))
21813 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21815 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21816 Completion for `gzip'.
21820 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21821 Completion for `bzip2'.
21825 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21826 Completion for GNU `make'.
21830 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21831 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21835 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21839 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21840 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20229 34587))
21841 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21843 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21844 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21848 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21849 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21853 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21854 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21860 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20229
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21864 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21865 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21871 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21872 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21873 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20259 55615))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21876 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21877 Completion for `cd'.
21881 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21883 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21884 Completion for `rmdir'.
21888 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21889 Completion for `rm'.
21893 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21894 Completion for `xargs'.
21898 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21900 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21901 Completion for `which'.
21905 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21906 Completion for the `chown' command.
21910 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21911 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21915 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21916 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21920 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21921 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21922 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21928 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21929 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21930 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20229
21932 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21934 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21935 Support extensible programmable completion.
21936 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21937 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21939 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21942 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21946 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21947 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21948 This will modify the current buffer.
21952 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21953 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21957 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21958 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21959 This will modify the current buffer.
21963 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21964 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21968 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21969 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21973 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21974 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21975 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21976 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21977 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21979 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21981 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21982 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21988 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21989 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21990 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20253 16827))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21993 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21994 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21995 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21996 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21998 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22000 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22002 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22003 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22004 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22005 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22006 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22007 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22010 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22012 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22013 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22014 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22015 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22016 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22017 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22018 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22019 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22021 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22023 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22024 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22025 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22026 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22027 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22028 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22029 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22032 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22034 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22035 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22036 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22037 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22038 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22039 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22040 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22042 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22044 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22045 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22046 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22048 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22050 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22051 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22052 A value of nil means never do it.
22053 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22054 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22055 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22057 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22059 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22060 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22061 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20229 34587))
22066 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22068 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22069 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22073 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22074 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22076 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22077 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22078 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22079 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22080 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22081 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22083 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22084 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22085 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22086 Tab indents for Perl code.
22087 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22088 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22089 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22091 Variables controlling indentation style:
22092 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22093 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22094 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22095 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22096 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22097 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22098 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22100 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22101 `perl-indent-level'
22102 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22103 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22104 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22105 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22106 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22107 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22108 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22109 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22110 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22111 `perl-brace-offset'
22112 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22113 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22114 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22115 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22116 `perl-label-offset'
22117 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22118 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22119 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22121 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22122 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22123 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22124 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22125 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22126 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22127 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22129 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22135 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22136 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22139 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22140 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22141 \\<picture-mode-map>
22142 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22143 afterwards settable by these commands:
22145 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22146 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22147 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22148 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22150 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22151 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22152 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22153 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22155 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22156 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22157 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22158 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22160 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22161 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22162 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22163 with these commands:
22165 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22166 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22167 Move to column following last
22168 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22169 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22170 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22171 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22172 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22173 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22175 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22177 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22178 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22179 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22180 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22181 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22182 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22184 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22185 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22186 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
22187 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22188 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22189 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22190 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22192 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22193 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22194 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22195 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22196 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22197 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22198 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22199 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22201 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22202 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22203 by supplying an argument.
22205 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22207 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22208 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22212 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22216 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20229
22218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22220 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22221 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22223 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22227 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22228 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22231 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22232 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22233 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22235 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22239 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20229 34587))
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22242 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22243 Play pong and waste time.
22244 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22245 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22247 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22255 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20229 34587))
22256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22258 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22259 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22260 Use streaming commands.
22262 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22266 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22267 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22268 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22271 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22272 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22273 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22274 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22276 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22278 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22279 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22283 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22284 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22285 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22286 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22287 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22289 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22291 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22292 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22293 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22295 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22297 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22298 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22300 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22302 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22303 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22304 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22305 Ignores leading comment characters.
22309 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22310 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22311 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22312 Ignores leading comment characters.
22318 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22319 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22320 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22321 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22322 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22323 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22324 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22325 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22326 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22327 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22328 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22329 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22330 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22331 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22332 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22333 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22334 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22335 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22336 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22337 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22339 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22340 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22342 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22344 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22348 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22349 Preview directory using ghostview.
22351 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22352 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22353 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22354 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22356 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22357 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22358 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22359 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22360 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22363 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22365 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22367 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22368 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22370 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22371 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22372 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22373 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22375 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22376 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22377 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22378 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22379 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22382 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22384 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22386 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22387 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22389 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22390 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22391 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22392 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22394 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22395 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22396 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22397 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22398 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22401 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22403 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22406 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22408 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22410 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22411 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22412 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22413 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22415 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22416 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22417 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22418 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22419 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22422 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22424 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22426 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22427 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22429 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22430 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22431 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22433 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22434 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22435 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22436 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22438 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22440 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22441 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22443 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22444 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22445 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22447 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22448 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22449 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22450 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22452 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22454 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22455 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22457 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22458 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22459 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22461 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22462 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22463 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22464 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22466 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22468 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22469 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22471 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22473 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22474 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22475 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22477 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22478 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22479 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22480 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22482 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22484 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22485 Preview region using ghostview.
22487 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22489 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22491 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22492 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22494 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22496 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22498 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22499 Print region using PostScript printer.
22501 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22503 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22505 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22506 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22508 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22510 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22512 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22513 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22515 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22517 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22519 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22520 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22522 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22524 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22526 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22527 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22529 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22531 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22533 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22534 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22536 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22538 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22540 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22541 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22542 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22543 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22545 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22548 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22549 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22551 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22553 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22555 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22556 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22557 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22558 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22562 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22563 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22564 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22565 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22569 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22570 Print directory using text printer.
22572 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22575 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22576 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22578 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22580 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22582 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22583 Print buffer using text printer.
22587 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22588 Print region using text printer.
22592 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22593 Print major mode using text printer.
22597 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22598 Preview spooled PostScript.
22600 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22601 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22602 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22604 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22605 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22606 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22608 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22610 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22611 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22613 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22614 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22615 instead of sending it to the printer.
22617 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22618 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22619 image in a file with that name.
22621 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22623 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22624 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22627 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22628 instead of sending it to the printer.
22630 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22631 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22632 image in a file with that name.
22634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22636 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22637 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22639 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22640 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22641 instead of sending it to the printer.
22643 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22644 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22645 image in a file with that name.
22647 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22649 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22650 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22652 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22654 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22655 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22657 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22659 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22660 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22662 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22664 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22665 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22667 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22669 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22670 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22672 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22674 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22675 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22677 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22678 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22679 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22680 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22682 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22683 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22684 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22685 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22686 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22687 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22690 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22692 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22693 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22697 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22698 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22700 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22702 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22707 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22708 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22712 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22713 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22717 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22718 Toggle printing with faces.
22722 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22727 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22732 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22735 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22737 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22742 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22747 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22748 Toggle upside-down.
22752 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22753 Toggle line number.
22757 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22758 Toggle zebra stripes.
22762 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22763 Toggle printing header.
22767 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22768 Toggle printing header frame.
22772 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22777 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22778 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22782 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22787 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22788 Customization of the `printing' group.
22790 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22792 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22793 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22795 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22797 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22798 Help for the printing package.
22800 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22802 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22803 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22807 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22808 Interactively select a text printer.
22812 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22813 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22817 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22818 Show current ps-print settings.
22820 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22822 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22823 Show current printing settings.
22825 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22827 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22828 Show current lpr settings.
22830 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22832 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22833 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22835 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22836 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22837 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22838 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22841 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22843 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22844 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22845 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22847 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22848 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22849 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22850 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22851 current active printer.
22853 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22854 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22855 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22858 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22859 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22860 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22861 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22862 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22865 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22866 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22868 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22870 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22871 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22872 be done using the new current active printer.
22874 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22875 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22878 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22879 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22880 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22881 instead of sending it to the printer.
22883 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22884 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22887 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22890 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22893 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22895 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22896 Fast fire function for text printing.
22898 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22899 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22900 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22901 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22903 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22904 user for a new active text printer.
22906 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22908 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22910 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22911 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22914 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22916 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22919 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22923 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20229 34587))
22924 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22926 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22927 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22928 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22929 information will be displayed but not selected.
22930 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22932 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22938 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20229 34587))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22942 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22943 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22945 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22946 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22948 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22950 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22951 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22954 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22955 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22956 if that value is non-nil.
22960 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22961 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22962 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22966 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22967 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22968 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22974 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20229
22976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22978 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22979 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22980 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22982 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22986 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20229
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22990 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22991 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22993 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22995 The following variables hold user options, and can
22996 be set through the `customize' command:
22998 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23000 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23001 `ps-mode-print-function'
23003 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23007 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23010 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23016 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23017 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23018 The keymap for this second window is:
23020 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23023 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23024 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23025 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23026 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23027 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23033 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23034 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23035 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23036 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23037 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23038 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20229
23040 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23042 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23043 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23044 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23046 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23048 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23049 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23050 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23051 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23053 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23055 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23056 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23060 nil Do not print colors.
23064 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23065 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23067 Any other value is treated as t.")
23069 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23071 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23072 Customization of ps-print group.
23076 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23077 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23079 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23080 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23081 sending it to the printer.
23083 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23084 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23085 image in a file with that name.
23087 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23089 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23090 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23091 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23092 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23093 so it has a way to determine color values.
23095 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23097 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23098 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23099 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23101 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23103 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23104 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23105 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23106 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23107 so it has a way to determine color values.
23109 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23111 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23112 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23113 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23114 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23116 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23120 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23121 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23122 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23123 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23124 so it has a way to determine color values.
23126 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23130 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23131 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23132 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23134 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23138 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23139 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23140 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23141 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23142 so it has a way to determine color values.
23144 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23146 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23148 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23149 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23151 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23152 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23153 instead of sending it to the printer.
23155 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23156 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23157 image in a file with that name.
23159 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23161 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23162 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23163 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23164 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23165 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23169 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23170 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23171 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23173 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23175 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23176 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23177 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23179 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23181 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23182 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23186 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23187 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23189 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23190 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23192 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23193 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23195 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23197 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23199 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23201 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23202 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23204 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23205 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23207 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23208 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23210 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23212 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23214 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23216 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23217 foreground and background colors respectively.
23219 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23220 bold - use bold font.
23221 italic - use italic font.
23222 underline - put a line under text.
23223 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23224 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23225 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23226 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23227 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23229 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23231 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23235 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23236 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20261 10951))
23237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23239 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23241 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23245 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23246 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23247 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23248 show the buffer automatically.
23250 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23251 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23253 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23254 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23255 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23256 switch to that buffer.
23258 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23259 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23260 process buffer for a list of commands.
23262 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23263 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23264 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23266 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23268 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23269 Set up info-look for Python.
23270 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23274 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23275 Major mode for editing Python files.
23276 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23277 for correct parsing of the source.
23278 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23279 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23280 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23282 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23283 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23284 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23285 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23286 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23287 \\<python-mode-map>
23288 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23289 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23290 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23291 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23292 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23293 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23295 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23296 effect outside them.
23298 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23299 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23300 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23301 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23302 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23303 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23304 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23305 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23306 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23308 \\{python-mode-map}
23312 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23313 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23314 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23315 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23321 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23322 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23325 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23326 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23327 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23330 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23331 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23333 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23334 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23335 them into characters should be done separately.
23337 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23341 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23342 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23343 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23344 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23345 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20229 34587))
23346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23348 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23349 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23353 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23354 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23355 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23357 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23358 `quail-activate', which see.
23360 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23362 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23363 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23364 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23365 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23366 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23367 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23368 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23370 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23371 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23372 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23373 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23374 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23376 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23378 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23379 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23380 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23381 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23382 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23383 list of candidates.
23385 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23386 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23387 command to be called.
23389 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23390 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23391 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23392 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23394 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23395 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23396 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23397 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23398 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23401 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23402 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23403 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23404 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23406 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23407 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23408 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23409 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23411 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23412 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23413 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23414 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23415 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23416 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23418 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23419 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23420 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23421 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23422 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23423 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23425 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23426 covers Quail translation region.
23428 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23429 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23430 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23431 for it) is inserted.
23433 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23434 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23435 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23437 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23438 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23439 non-Quail commands.
23441 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23443 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23444 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23446 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23447 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23448 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23449 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23450 you type is correctly handled.
23452 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23454 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23455 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23457 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23460 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23462 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23463 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23464 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23465 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23466 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23467 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23468 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23469 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23470 for the translation.
23471 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23473 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23474 it is used to handle KEY.
23476 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23477 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23478 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23479 the following annotation types are supported.
23481 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23482 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23484 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23487 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23488 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23489 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23492 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23493 generated for the following translations.
23495 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23497 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23498 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23500 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23501 which to install MAP.
23503 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23505 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23507 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23508 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23510 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23511 which to install MAP.
23513 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23515 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23517 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23518 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23519 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23520 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23521 a function, or a cons.
23522 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23523 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23524 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23525 for the translation.
23526 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23527 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23528 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23529 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23530 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23532 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23533 it is used to handle KEY.
23535 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23536 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23537 current Quail package.
23539 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23540 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23542 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23544 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23545 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23547 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23548 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23550 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23552 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23553 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23555 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23557 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23558 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23559 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23560 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23561 of the Emacs source tree.
23563 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23564 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23566 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23567 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23570 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23574 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23575 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23576 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20229
23578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23580 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23581 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23582 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23583 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23585 To make use of this do something like:
23587 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23589 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23591 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23592 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23594 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23595 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23596 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23598 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23600 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23601 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23603 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23605 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23606 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23608 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23611 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23613 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23614 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23616 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23617 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23618 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23620 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23622 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23623 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23625 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23627 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23628 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23632 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23633 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23635 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23637 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23641 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23642 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23648 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23649 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20229 34587))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23652 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23653 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23655 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23657 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23661 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23663 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23666 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23668 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23669 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23670 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23673 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23675 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23677 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23678 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23684 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20229
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23688 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23689 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23692 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23696 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23697 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23700 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23702 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23703 Construct a regexp interactively.
23704 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23705 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23706 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23708 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23709 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23715 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20229 34587))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23718 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23719 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23720 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23723 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23725 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23727 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23728 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23731 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23733 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23734 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23735 were operated on recently.
23737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23742 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23743 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23744 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23745 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23746 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23747 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23748 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23749 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23750 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23751 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23752 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23753 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23755 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23756 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23757 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23758 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23761 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23762 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23765 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23767 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23768 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23769 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23771 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23772 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23775 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23777 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23778 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23779 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23781 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23783 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23784 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23786 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23787 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23789 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23792 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23793 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23794 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23795 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23798 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23800 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23801 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23805 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23806 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23807 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23808 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23809 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23810 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23811 and point is at the lower right corner.
23813 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23815 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23816 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23818 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23819 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23821 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23822 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23823 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23825 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23827 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23829 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23830 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23831 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23832 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23833 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23835 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23836 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23838 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23840 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23841 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23842 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23844 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23846 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23848 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23850 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23851 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23853 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23854 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23855 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23857 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23859 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23860 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23861 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23863 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23864 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23865 rectangle which were empty.
23867 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23869 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23870 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23872 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23873 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23874 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23875 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23877 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23881 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20229
23883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23885 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23886 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23888 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23891 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23892 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23893 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23896 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23902 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23903 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20229 34587))
23904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23906 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23907 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23911 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23912 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23917 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23918 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23920 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23921 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23923 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23924 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23925 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23928 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23929 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23930 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23932 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23933 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23934 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23936 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23937 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23939 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23940 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23942 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23943 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23946 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23950 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23951 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23952 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23958 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23959 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23962 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23963 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23964 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23965 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23966 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23967 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23969 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23971 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23973 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23974 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23975 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23976 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23977 `reftex-cite-format'.
23979 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23980 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23981 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23982 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23984 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23988 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23989 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23992 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23993 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23994 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23995 the current TeX document.
23997 With no argument, this command toggles
23998 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23999 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24005 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24006 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24009 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24010 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24011 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24013 To insert new phrases, use
24014 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24015 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24017 To index phrases use one of:
24019 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24020 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24021 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24022 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24023 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24025 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24026 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24028 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24030 Here are all local bindings.
24032 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24038 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24039 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24042 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24043 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24044 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24047 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20229
24053 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24054 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24055 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24056 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24057 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24061 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24062 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24065 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24066 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24067 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24068 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24069 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24070 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24072 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24073 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24075 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24077 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24078 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24080 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24082 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24083 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24084 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24085 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24087 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24091 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24092 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24093 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24096 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24097 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24098 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24099 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24101 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24103 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24105 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24106 Call `remember' in another frame.
24108 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24110 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24111 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24112 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24117 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24118 Extract diary entries from the region.
24124 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20229 34587))
24125 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24127 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24128 Repeat most recently executed command.
24129 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
24130 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
24131 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
24133 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24134 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24135 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24136 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24138 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24139 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24140 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24142 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24146 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24147 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24148 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24150 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24151 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24153 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24154 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24155 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24156 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24157 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24158 and point is left after the salutation.
24160 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24161 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24162 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24163 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24164 left after that text.
24166 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24169 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24170 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24171 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24172 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24174 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24178 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24179 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24180 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24182 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24183 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24184 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24185 visibility of comments that precede it.
24186 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24187 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24188 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24189 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24190 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24191 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24192 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24193 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24195 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24196 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24197 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24198 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24199 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24205 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24206 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24207 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24209 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24210 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24212 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24213 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24215 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24216 reveals invisible text around point.
24218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24220 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24221 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24222 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24225 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24227 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24229 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24230 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24231 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24241 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24242 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24245 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24246 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24250 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24251 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24253 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24257 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20229 34587))
24258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24260 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24261 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24262 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24263 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24265 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24267 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24268 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24269 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24270 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24272 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24273 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24275 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24276 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24278 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24279 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24282 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24283 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24284 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24285 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24286 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24288 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24289 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24290 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24291 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24293 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24294 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24297 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24301 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24302 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24303 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24304 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24305 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24306 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20259 55615))
24307 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24309 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24310 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24311 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24313 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24315 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24316 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24317 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24318 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24319 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24320 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24321 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24323 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24324 sent by you under different user names.
24325 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24327 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24329 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24331 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
24333 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24334 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24335 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24338 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24340 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24341 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24342 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24343 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24344 which normally happens once for each message,
24345 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24346 To make a change in this variable take effect
24347 for a message that you have already viewed,
24348 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24350 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24352 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24353 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24354 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24355 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24357 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24359 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24360 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24362 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24364 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24365 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24366 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24368 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24370 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24371 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24372 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24373 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24374 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24375 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24377 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24379 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24380 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24382 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24384 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24385 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24387 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24389 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24390 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24392 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24393 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24395 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24397 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24398 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24400 This is set to nil by default.")
24402 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24403 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24404 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24405 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24406 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24407 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24408 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24410 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24411 Read and edit incoming mail.
24412 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24413 file in RMAIL Mode.
24414 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24416 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24417 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24418 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24419 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24421 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24423 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24425 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24426 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24427 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24428 Instead, these commands are available:
24430 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24431 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24432 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24433 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24434 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24435 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24436 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24437 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24438 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24439 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24440 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24441 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24442 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24443 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24444 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24445 till a deleted message is found.
24446 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24447 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24448 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24449 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24450 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24451 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24452 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24453 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24454 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24455 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24456 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24457 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24458 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24459 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24460 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24461 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24462 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24463 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24464 (label defaults to last one specified).
24465 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24466 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24467 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24468 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24469 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24470 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24471 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24472 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24473 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24477 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24478 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24480 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24482 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24483 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24485 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24489 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24490 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20229 34587))
24491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24492 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24494 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24495 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24496 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24497 case it writes Babyl.
24499 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24500 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24501 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24502 `rmail-default-file'.
24504 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24505 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24506 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24508 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24509 the header display is currently pruned.
24511 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24512 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24513 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24514 messages after output.
24516 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24517 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24518 message (if writing a file directly).
24520 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24521 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24523 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24525 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24526 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24527 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24528 i) the header is output as currently seen
24529 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24530 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24532 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24533 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24534 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24536 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24538 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24539 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24540 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24541 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24542 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24543 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24544 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24546 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24547 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24548 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24550 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24554 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24555 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24556 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24558 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24559 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24562 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24566 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24567 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24568 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24570 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24571 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24572 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24573 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24579 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24580 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24583 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24584 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24586 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24587 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24588 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24589 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24590 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24591 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24592 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24593 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24594 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24595 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24597 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24598 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24599 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24600 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24601 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24602 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24603 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24604 to use for finding the schema.
24606 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24610 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20229
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24614 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24616 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24617 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24618 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24619 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24620 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24621 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24622 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24623 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24624 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24625 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24626 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24627 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24628 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24629 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24630 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24631 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24634 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24638 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24639 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20209 49217))
24640 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24642 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24643 Define a robin package.
24645 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24646 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24647 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24648 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24650 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24651 one replaces the old one.
24653 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24655 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24656 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24658 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24659 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24660 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24662 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24664 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24665 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24667 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24671 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24672 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20229 34587))
24673 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24675 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24676 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24678 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24680 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24681 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24683 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24685 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24686 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24690 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24691 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24692 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24694 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24695 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24698 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24702 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24703 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24709 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24710 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24714 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24715 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24717 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24718 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24719 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24720 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24721 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24723 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24724 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24725 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24726 font-locking of blocks.
24732 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24733 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24735 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24736 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24738 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24739 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24740 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24746 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24747 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24750 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24751 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24752 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24753 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24754 nesting into account.
24756 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24762 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24764 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24768 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20229
24770 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24772 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24773 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24774 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24776 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24777 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24779 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24780 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24786 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20229
24788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24790 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24791 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24792 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24793 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24795 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24797 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24798 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24799 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24801 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24802 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24803 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24805 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24809 matches string STRING literally.
24812 matches character CHAR literally.
24814 `not-newline', `nonl'
24815 matches any character except a newline.
24818 matches any character
24823 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24824 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24825 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24827 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24828 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24829 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24830 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24832 `(not (any SET ...))'
24833 matches any character not in SET ...
24835 `line-start', `bol'
24836 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24837 in the text being matched
24840 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24842 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24843 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24844 string being matched against.
24846 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24847 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24848 string being matched against.
24851 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24852 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24855 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24856 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24859 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24861 `word-start', `bow'
24862 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24865 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24868 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24871 `(not word-boundary)'
24872 `not-word-boundary'
24873 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24877 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24880 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24882 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24883 matches 0 through 9.
24886 matches ASCII control characters.
24888 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24889 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24892 matches space and tab only.
24895 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24898 `printing', `print'
24899 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24902 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24903 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24904 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24906 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24907 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24908 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24911 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24914 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24916 `lower', `lower-case'
24917 matches anything lower-case.
24919 `upper', `upper-case'
24920 matches anything upper-case.
24922 `punctuation', `punct'
24923 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24924 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24926 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24927 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24930 matches anything that has word syntax.
24933 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24936 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24937 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24938 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24940 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24941 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24944 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24945 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24946 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24947 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24948 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24950 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24951 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24952 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24953 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24954 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24956 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24957 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24959 `(category CATEGORY)'
24960 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24961 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24963 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24964 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24965 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24966 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24970 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24971 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24972 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24973 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24974 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24975 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24976 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24977 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24978 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24979 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24980 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24981 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24982 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24983 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24992 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24996 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24998 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25003 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25004 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25006 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25007 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25008 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25009 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25010 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25012 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25013 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25014 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25015 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25017 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25018 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25019 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25022 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25023 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25024 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25025 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25026 regular expression.
25028 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25029 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25030 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25031 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25032 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25034 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25035 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25037 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25038 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25040 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25042 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25045 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25046 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25049 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25050 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25052 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25054 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25057 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25060 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25062 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25063 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25065 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25068 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25071 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25075 matches N occurrences.
25078 matches N or more occurrences.
25080 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25081 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25082 matches N to M occurrences.
25085 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25088 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25092 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25094 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
25098 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20229
25100 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25102 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25103 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25104 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25107 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25109 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25111 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25112 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25113 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25114 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25115 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25117 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25118 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25119 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25120 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25122 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25123 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25124 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25130 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25131 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25134 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25135 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25136 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25138 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25139 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25140 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25141 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25142 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25143 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25144 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25145 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25148 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25149 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25150 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25151 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25152 if that value is non-nil.
25156 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25157 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25158 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25161 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25162 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25163 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25164 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25165 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25166 that variable's value is a string.
25172 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25173 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25176 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25177 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25178 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25180 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25186 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25187 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25188 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25190 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25191 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25192 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25195 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25197 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25199 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25200 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25205 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25206 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25212 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25213 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25214 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25216 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25217 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25218 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
25219 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
25220 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
25223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20229 34587))
25228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25229 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25230 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25234 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25235 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20229 34587))
25236 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25238 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25239 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25240 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25242 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25243 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25244 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25245 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25246 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25247 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25248 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25249 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25250 keybinding for tag names.")
25252 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25254 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25255 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25256 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25257 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25258 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25259 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25261 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25263 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25264 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25266 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25267 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25269 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25270 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25271 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25272 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25275 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25281 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25282 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25283 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25284 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25285 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25286 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25287 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25288 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25289 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20238 49468))
25290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25292 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25293 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25295 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25297 If `parens', they look like:
25298 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25299 If `angles', they look like:
25300 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25302 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25303 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25305 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25307 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25308 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25309 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25310 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25312 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25313 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25314 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25315 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25317 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25319 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25320 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25321 This is done when the message is initialized,
25322 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25324 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25326 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25327 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25328 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25330 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25332 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25333 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25334 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25335 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25336 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25337 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25338 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25340 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25342 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25343 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25345 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25347 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25348 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25349 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25352 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25354 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25355 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25356 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25357 when you first send mail.")
25359 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25361 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25362 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25363 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25364 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25365 This file need not actually exist.")
25367 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25369 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25370 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25372 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25374 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25375 Alist of mail address aliases,
25376 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25377 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25378 can specify a different file name.)
25379 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25380 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25382 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25383 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25384 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25386 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25388 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25389 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25390 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25392 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25394 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25395 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25396 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25397 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25398 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25399 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25400 in the cited portion of the message.
25402 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25403 instead of no action.")
25405 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25407 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25408 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25409 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25410 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25411 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25413 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25415 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25416 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25417 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25418 If a string, that string is inserted.
25419 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25420 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25421 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25422 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25424 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25426 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25427 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25429 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25431 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25432 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25433 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25435 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25436 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25438 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25440 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25441 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25442 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25443 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25445 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25447 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25448 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25449 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25453 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25455 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25458 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25460 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25461 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25462 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25464 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25465 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25467 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25468 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25469 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25470 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25471 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25472 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25473 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25474 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25475 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25476 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25477 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25478 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25479 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25480 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25484 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25485 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25486 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25487 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25489 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25491 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25492 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25493 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25494 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25495 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25496 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25498 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25499 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25500 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25502 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25503 User should not set this variable manually,
25504 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25505 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25506 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25508 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25509 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25510 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25511 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25513 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25514 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25517 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25519 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25520 to move to message header fields:
25523 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25524 when the message is initialized.
25526 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25527 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25529 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25532 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25533 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25535 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25536 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25537 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25538 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25539 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25540 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25541 buffer without erasing the contents.
25543 The second through fifth arguments,
25544 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25545 the initial contents of those header fields.
25546 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25547 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25548 original message being replied to, or else an action
25549 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25550 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25551 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25552 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25553 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25554 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25556 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25558 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25559 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25561 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25563 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25564 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25566 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25570 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25571 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20229
25573 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25575 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25577 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25579 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25581 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25582 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25583 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25584 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25585 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25586 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25588 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25589 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25591 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25592 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25593 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25595 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25598 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25600 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25601 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25602 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25603 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25605 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25607 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25608 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25609 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25612 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25614 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25616 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25617 Toggle Server mode.
25618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25620 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25622 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25623 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25624 `server-start' for details.
25626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25628 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25629 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25630 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25632 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25633 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25635 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25639 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20229 34587))
25640 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25642 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25643 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25644 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25648 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25649 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25650 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25651 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25657 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25658 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25661 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25662 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25664 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25667 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25668 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25669 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25671 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25672 in your `.emacs' file.
25674 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25676 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25677 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25682 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25683 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25684 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25685 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25686 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25687 which this is based.
25689 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25691 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25692 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25693 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25694 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25696 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25697 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25698 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25700 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25701 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25702 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25703 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25705 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25706 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25707 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25708 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25710 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25712 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25713 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
25714 To work around that, do:
25715 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25723 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25724 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25726 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25728 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25729 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25730 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25731 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25732 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25733 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25735 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25736 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25737 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25738 shell-specific features.
25740 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25741 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25742 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25744 \\[sh-case] case statement
25745 \\[sh-for] for loop
25746 \\[sh-function] function definition
25747 \\[sh-if] if statement
25748 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25749 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25750 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25751 \\[sh-select] select loop
25752 \\[sh-until] until loop
25753 \\[sh-while] while loop
25755 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25756 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25757 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25758 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25759 would indent to the way it currently is.
25760 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25761 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25764 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25765 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25766 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25767 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25768 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25769 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25771 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25773 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25775 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25776 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25777 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25779 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25780 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25784 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25788 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25789 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25792 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25793 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25795 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25796 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25797 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25799 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25800 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25801 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25802 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25805 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25807 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25809 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25810 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25811 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25813 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25814 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25816 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25817 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25818 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25819 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25820 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25821 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25822 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25825 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25826 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25827 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25828 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25829 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25831 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25832 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25834 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25838 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25839 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20229
25841 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25843 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25844 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25845 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25846 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25847 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25848 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25849 sites in the cluster.
25853 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25854 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25855 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25856 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25857 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25861 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25862 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25863 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25864 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25865 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25866 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25867 `shadow-define-cluster').
25871 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25872 Set up file shadowing.
25878 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25879 ;;;;;; (20230 13182))
25880 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25882 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25883 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25884 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25885 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25886 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25889 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25891 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25892 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25893 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25894 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25895 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25897 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25898 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25899 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25900 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25901 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25902 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25903 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25904 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25905 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25906 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25907 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25909 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25910 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25911 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25912 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25913 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25914 `default-process-coding-system'.
25916 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25917 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25918 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25919 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25921 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25923 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25927 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20259
25929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25931 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25934 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25938 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25939 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20229 34587))
25940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25942 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25945 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25947 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25952 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25955 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25959 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25960 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25963 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25964 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25965 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25966 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25967 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25969 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25975 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20229
25977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25979 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25980 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25981 \\{simula-mode-map}
25982 Variables controlling indentation style:
25983 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25984 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25985 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25986 `simula-indent-level'
25987 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25988 `simula-substatement-offset'
25989 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25990 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25991 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25992 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25993 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25994 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25995 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25996 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25997 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25998 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25999 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26000 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26001 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26002 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26003 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26004 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26005 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26006 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26007 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26008 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26009 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26010 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26011 or nil if they should not be changed.
26012 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26013 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26014 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26015 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26017 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26018 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26024 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26025 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20229 34587))
26026 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26028 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26029 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26031 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26032 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26033 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26034 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26036 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
26038 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26040 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26041 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26042 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26043 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26044 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26046 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26047 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26049 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26051 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26052 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26054 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26055 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26056 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26057 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26059 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26060 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26061 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26062 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26064 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26065 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26066 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26068 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26069 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26071 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26072 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26074 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26075 _ interesting point, interregion here
26076 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26077 interesting point set by _
26078 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26079 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26080 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26081 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26082 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26083 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26086 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26087 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26089 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26090 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26091 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26092 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26093 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26094 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26095 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26096 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26098 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26099 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26100 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26101 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26102 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26105 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26106 then: insert previously read string once more
26107 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26108 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26109 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26111 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26112 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26114 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26116 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26117 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26119 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26120 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26121 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26122 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26123 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26126 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26127 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26128 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26134 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26135 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20229 34587))
26136 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26138 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26139 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26140 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26143 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26145 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26146 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26147 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26151 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26152 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26153 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26159 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26160 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
26161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26163 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26164 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26165 A list of images is returned.
26167 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26169 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26170 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26171 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26177 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26178 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20232 10689))
26179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26181 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26186 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26187 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26193 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20229 34587))
26194 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26196 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26197 Play the Snake game.
26198 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26200 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26202 Snake mode keybindings:
26204 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26205 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26206 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26207 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26208 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26209 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26210 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26216 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26217 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
26218 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26220 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26221 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26222 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26223 Tab indents for C code.
26224 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26225 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26227 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26232 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26233 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26234 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26235 Tab indents for C code.
26236 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26237 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26239 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26240 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26246 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20229
26248 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26250 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26251 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26252 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26253 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26254 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26256 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26262 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20229
26264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26266 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26269 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26270 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26271 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26272 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26273 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26274 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26275 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26276 check after each move or undo.)
26280 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26281 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26282 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26301 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26302 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26303 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26304 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26306 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26307 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26308 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26311 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26312 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26314 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26330 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26332 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26338 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26339 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26340 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20229 34587))
26341 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26342 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26344 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26345 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26347 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26348 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26349 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26350 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26353 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26354 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26355 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26358 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26359 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26361 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26362 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26363 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26364 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26367 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26368 It should move point to the end of the record.
26370 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26371 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26372 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26373 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26374 starts at the beginning of the record.
26376 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26377 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26380 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26381 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26383 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26385 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26386 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26387 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26388 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26389 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26392 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26394 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26395 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26396 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26397 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26398 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26401 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26404 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26405 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26406 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26407 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26410 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26411 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26413 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26414 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26415 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26416 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26417 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26418 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26419 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26420 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26421 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26423 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26425 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26426 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26427 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26428 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26429 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26430 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26431 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26434 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26436 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26437 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26438 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26439 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26440 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26441 is to be used for sorting.
26442 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26443 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26444 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26445 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26446 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26448 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26450 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26453 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26454 starting with the letter \"f\",
26455 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26457 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26459 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26460 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26461 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26462 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26463 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26464 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26465 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26468 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26469 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26470 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26471 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26472 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26474 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26477 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26478 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26480 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26484 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20229
26486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26488 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26489 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26490 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26491 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26492 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26493 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26495 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26499 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26500 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26501 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20229 34587))
26502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26504 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26505 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26507 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26508 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26509 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26511 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26514 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26515 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26518 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26520 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26521 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26522 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26524 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26526 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26527 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26528 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26529 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26534 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26535 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26536 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26537 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26543 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26544 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20229 34587))
26545 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26547 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26549 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26550 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26551 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26552 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26553 supported at a time.
26554 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26555 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26559 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26560 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26561 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26562 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26568 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20229
26570 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26572 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26573 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26577 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26578 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26584 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26585 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26586 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26587 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26588 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
26589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26591 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26592 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26594 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26595 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26596 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26597 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26598 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26599 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26600 of the current highlighting list.
26604 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26605 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26607 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26608 `_t' as data types.
26610 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26612 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26613 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26615 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26616 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26618 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26622 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26626 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26628 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26629 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26631 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26632 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26633 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26634 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26636 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26637 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26638 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26639 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26641 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26642 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26643 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26647 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26648 Major mode to edit SQL.
26650 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26651 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26652 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26655 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26657 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26658 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26659 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26660 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26661 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26662 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26664 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26665 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26667 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26668 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26669 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26671 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26673 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26677 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26678 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26680 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26683 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26684 is specified in the connection settings.
26686 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26688 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26689 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26691 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26692 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26694 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26695 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26696 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26697 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26701 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26703 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26704 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26711 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26712 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26713 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26715 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26716 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26718 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26719 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26720 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26723 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26724 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26725 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26726 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26727 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26728 `default-process-coding-system'.
26730 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26732 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26734 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26735 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26737 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26738 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26741 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26742 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26743 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26744 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26746 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26747 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26749 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26750 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26751 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26754 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26755 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26756 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26757 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26758 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26759 `default-process-coding-system'.
26761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26763 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26765 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26766 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26768 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26769 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26772 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26773 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26775 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26776 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26778 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26779 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26780 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26783 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26784 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26785 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26786 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26787 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26788 `default-process-coding-system'.
26790 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26792 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26794 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26795 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26797 SQLite is free software.
26799 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26800 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26803 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26804 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26805 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26806 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26808 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26809 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26811 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26812 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26813 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26816 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26817 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26818 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26819 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26820 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26821 `default-process-coding-system'.
26823 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26825 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26827 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26828 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26830 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26832 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26833 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26836 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26837 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26838 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26839 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26841 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26842 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26844 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26845 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26846 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26849 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26850 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26851 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26852 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26853 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26854 `default-process-coding-system'.
26856 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26860 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26861 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26863 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26864 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26867 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26868 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26871 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26872 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26874 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26875 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26876 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26879 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26880 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26881 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26882 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26883 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26884 `default-process-coding-system'.
26886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26888 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26891 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26898 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26900 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26901 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26903 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26904 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26905 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26908 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26909 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26910 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26911 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26912 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26913 `default-process-coding-system'.
26915 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26917 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26919 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26920 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26926 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26927 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26928 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26929 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26931 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26932 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26934 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26935 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26936 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26939 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26940 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26941 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26942 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26943 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26944 `default-process-coding-system'.
26946 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26950 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26951 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26953 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26954 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26957 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26958 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26959 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26960 `sql-postgres-options'.
26962 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26965 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26966 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26967 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26972 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26975 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26976 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26977 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26979 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26980 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26982 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26986 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26987 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26989 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26990 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26993 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26994 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26997 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26998 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27000 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27001 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27002 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27007 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27010 `default-process-coding-system'.
27012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27016 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27017 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27019 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27020 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27023 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27026 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27029 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27030 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27031 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27032 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27034 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27035 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27036 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27039 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27040 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27041 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27042 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27043 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27044 `default-process-coding-system'.
27046 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27050 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27051 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27053 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27054 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27057 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27058 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27059 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27060 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27063 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27064 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27065 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27066 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27069 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27070 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27072 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27073 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27074 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27077 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27079 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27083 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27084 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27085 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27087 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27088 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27092 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27096 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27097 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27100 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27101 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27102 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27103 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27104 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27105 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27106 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27107 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27108 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27109 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27111 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27112 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27113 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27114 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27116 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27120 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27121 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27122 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27123 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27124 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20229
27126 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27128 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27129 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27130 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27131 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27132 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27133 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27135 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27137 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27139 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27140 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27141 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27142 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27143 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27144 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27145 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27147 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27149 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27150 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27151 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27152 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27153 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27154 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27155 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27157 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27159 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27160 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27161 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27163 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27165 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27166 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27167 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27169 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27171 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27172 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27174 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27176 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27177 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27181 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27182 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27186 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27187 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27188 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27189 chronologically by command name.
27190 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27192 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27194 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27195 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27196 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27198 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27199 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27201 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27203 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27204 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27205 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27206 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27207 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27209 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27210 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27211 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27212 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27213 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27215 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27216 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27217 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27218 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27220 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27224 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27225 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27226 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27227 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27229 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27231 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27232 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27238 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27239 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
27240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27242 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27243 Studlify-case the region.
27245 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27247 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27248 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27250 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27252 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27253 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27259 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27260 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27263 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27264 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27266 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27267 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27269 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27270 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27271 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27272 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27274 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27275 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27276 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27278 Nomenclature Subwords
27279 ===========================================================
27280 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27281 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27282 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27284 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27285 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27288 \\{subword-mode-map}
27290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27292 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27293 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27294 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27297 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27299 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27301 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27302 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27303 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27304 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27305 ARG is omitted or nil.
27307 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27308 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27309 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27315 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27316 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27319 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27320 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27321 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27322 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27323 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27324 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27325 original message but it does require a few things:
27327 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27329 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27332 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27333 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27336 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27338 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27340 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27341 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27342 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27348 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20229
27350 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27352 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27354 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27355 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27356 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27358 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27359 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27361 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27363 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27364 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27365 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27366 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27367 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27369 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27370 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27371 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20229 34587))
27378 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27380 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27381 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27382 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27383 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27384 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27386 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27388 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27389 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27390 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27391 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27392 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27393 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27394 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27396 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27400 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27401 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27402 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27403 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27404 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27405 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27406 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27407 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27408 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27409 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27410 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27411 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27412 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20229 34587))
27413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27415 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27416 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27417 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27419 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27421 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27422 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27424 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27426 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27427 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27429 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27431 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27432 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27434 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27436 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27437 Insert an editable text table.
27438 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27439 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27440 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27441 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27442 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27443 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27448 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27450 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27455 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27456 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27457 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27458 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27461 +-----+-----+-----+
27463 +-----+-----+-----+
27465 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27467 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27468 width, which results as
27470 +--------------+-----+-----+
27472 +--------------+-----+-----+
27474 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27475 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27479 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27481 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27482 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27483 width information to `table-insert'.
27485 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27491 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27494 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27495 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27497 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27500 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27502 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27504 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27507 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27510 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27512 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27514 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27523 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27524 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27525 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27533 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27536 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27538 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27541 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27544 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27545 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27546 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27547 | | |expected results.-!- |
27548 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27553 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27557 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27559 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27560 Insert N table row(s).
27561 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27562 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27563 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27564 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27568 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27569 Insert N table column(s).
27570 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27571 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27572 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27573 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27577 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27578 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27579 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27581 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27583 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27584 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27585 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27586 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27587 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27588 all the table specific features.
27590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27592 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27597 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27598 Recognize all tables within region.
27599 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27600 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27601 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27604 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27606 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27609 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27611 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27612 Recognize a table at point.
27613 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27614 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27615 the table specific features.
27617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27619 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27624 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27625 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27626 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27627 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27628 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27629 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27630 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27632 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27634 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27639 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27640 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27641 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27642 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27643 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27644 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27647 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27649 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27650 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27651 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27652 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27653 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27654 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27655 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27660 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27661 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27662 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27663 table's rectangle structure.
27665 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27667 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27668 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27669 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27670 table's rectangle structure.
27674 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27675 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27676 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27677 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27678 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27680 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27682 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27683 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27684 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27686 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27687 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27688 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27689 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27690 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27691 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27692 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27694 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27695 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27696 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27697 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27698 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27699 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27700 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27702 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27703 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27704 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27705 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27706 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27707 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27708 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27709 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27711 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27713 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27714 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27715 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27716 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27720 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27721 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27722 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27724 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27726 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27727 Split current cell vertically.
27728 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27732 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27733 Split current cell horizontally.
27734 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27738 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27739 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27740 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27742 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27744 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27745 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27746 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27747 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27749 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27751 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27752 Justify cell contents.
27753 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27754 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27755 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27756 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27758 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27760 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27761 Justify cells of a row.
27762 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27763 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27765 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27767 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27768 Justify cells of a column.
27769 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27770 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27772 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27774 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27775 Toggle fixing width mode.
27776 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27777 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27778 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27782 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27783 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27784 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27785 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27786 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27787 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27788 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27789 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27790 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27791 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27792 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27794 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27796 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27797 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27798 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27799 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27800 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27801 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27802 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27803 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27804 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27805 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27806 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27807 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27810 References used for this implementation:
27813 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27816 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27818 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27819 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27820 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27822 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27824 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27825 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27826 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27827 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27828 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27829 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27830 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27831 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27832 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27833 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27834 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27835 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27836 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27837 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27838 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27839 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27840 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27845 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27846 (table-forward-cell 15)
27847 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27848 (table-forward-cell 16)
27849 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27850 (table-forward-cell 1)
27851 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27854 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27855 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27856 (table-forward-cell 1)
27857 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27859 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27861 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27862 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27863 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27864 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27865 consists from cells of same height.
27869 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27870 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27871 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27872 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27873 column must consists from cells of same width.
27877 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27878 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27879 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27880 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27881 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27882 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27883 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27884 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27885 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27886 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27887 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27888 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27889 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27890 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27891 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27900 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27901 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27902 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27905 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27907 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27909 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27911 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27915 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27916 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27917 of each row is optional.
27922 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27923 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27924 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27925 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27926 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27928 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27929 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27931 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27932 expression and raw delimiter regular
27933 expression, it parses the specified text
27934 area and extracts cell items from
27935 non-table text and then forms a table out
27938 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27939 creates a single cell table. The text in
27940 the specified region is placed in that
27943 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27946 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27947 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27948 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27950 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27951 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27952 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27953 | area and extracts cell items from |
27954 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27957 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27958 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27959 | the specified region is placed in that |
27961 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27963 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27964 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27967 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27968 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27969 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27970 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27971 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27972 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27973 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27974 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27975 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27977 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27978 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27979 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27980 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27982 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27984 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27985 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27986 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27988 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27990 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27991 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27992 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27993 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27994 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28000 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
28001 ;;;;;; (20257 13883))
28002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
28004 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
28005 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
28006 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
28007 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
28009 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
28010 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
28011 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
28012 to their column values.
28014 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
28016 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
28017 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
28018 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
28019 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
28020 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
28021 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
28022 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
28023 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
28025 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
28026 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
28027 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
28028 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
28029 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
28030 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
28032 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
28033 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
28034 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
28035 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
28036 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
28037 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
28043 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20229 34587))
28044 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28046 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28047 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28049 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28051 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28052 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28058 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20229 34587))
28059 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28061 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28062 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28063 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28064 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28065 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28066 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28067 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28069 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28070 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28071 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28072 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28074 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28081 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28082 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20229 34587))
28083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28085 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28086 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28087 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28088 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28089 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28090 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28092 Variables controlling indentation style:
28094 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28095 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28096 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28098 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28099 documentation for details):
28100 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28101 Controls action of TAB key.
28103 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28104 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28105 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28106 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28107 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28109 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28110 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28115 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28116 Run inferior Tcl process.
28117 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28118 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28122 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28123 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28124 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28126 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28130 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20229 34587))
28131 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28133 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28134 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28135 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28136 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28138 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28139 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28140 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28141 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28142 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28144 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28146 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28147 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28148 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28149 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28155 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28156 ;;;;;; (20256 47696))
28157 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28159 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28160 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28161 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28162 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28163 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28164 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28166 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28168 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28169 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28170 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28171 commands to use in that buffer.
28173 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28175 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28177 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28178 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28180 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28182 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28183 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28184 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28185 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28186 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28187 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28188 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28189 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28190 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28191 use in that buffer.
28192 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28194 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28198 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20229
28200 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28202 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28203 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28204 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28205 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28206 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28207 program as keyboard input.
28209 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28210 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28211 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28212 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28214 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28215 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28216 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28217 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28218 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28220 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28222 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28223 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28224 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28225 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28227 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28228 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28229 subprocess started.
28231 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28235 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28236 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28239 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28240 Start coverage on function under point.
28246 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20229 34587))
28247 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28249 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28250 Play the Tetris game.
28251 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28252 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28253 as to form complete rows.
28255 tetris-mode keybindings:
28256 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28257 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28258 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28259 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28260 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28261 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28262 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28263 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28264 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28270 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28271 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28272 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28273 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28274 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28275 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28276 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28277 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28280 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28281 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28283 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28285 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28286 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28287 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28288 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28289 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28291 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28293 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28294 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28295 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28296 if it matches the first line of the file,
28297 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28299 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28301 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28302 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28303 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28304 if the variable is non-nil.")
28306 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28308 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28309 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28311 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28313 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28314 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28315 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28316 See the documentation of that variable.")
28318 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28320 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28321 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28322 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28323 See the documentation of that variable.")
28325 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28327 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28328 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28329 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28330 See the documentation of that variable.")
28332 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28334 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28335 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28336 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28337 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28338 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28340 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28342 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28343 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28344 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28345 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28347 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28349 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28350 User defined LaTeX block names.
28351 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28353 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28355 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28356 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28357 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28358 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28360 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28362 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28363 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28364 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28365 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28367 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28369 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28370 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28371 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28372 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28374 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28375 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28378 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28379 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28381 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28384 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28386 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28387 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28388 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28389 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28390 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28392 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28394 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28396 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28397 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28398 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28400 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28402 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28403 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28404 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28405 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28406 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28408 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28410 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28411 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28413 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28415 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28416 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28418 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28420 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28421 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28422 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28423 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28424 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28425 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28426 says which mode to use.
28430 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28432 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28434 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28436 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28437 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28438 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28439 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28440 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28442 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28443 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28444 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28445 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28446 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28447 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28448 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28450 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28451 mismatched $'s or braces.
28454 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28458 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28460 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28461 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28462 tex-dvi-print-command
28463 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28464 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28465 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28466 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28467 tex-dvi-view-command
28468 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28469 tex-show-queue-command
28470 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28471 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28473 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28474 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28475 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28479 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28480 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28481 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28482 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28483 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28485 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28486 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28487 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28488 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28489 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28490 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28491 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28493 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28494 mismatched $'s or braces.
28501 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28503 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28504 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28505 tex-dvi-print-command
28506 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28507 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28508 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28509 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28510 tex-dvi-view-command
28511 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28512 tex-show-queue-command
28513 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28514 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28516 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28517 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28518 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28522 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28523 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28524 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28525 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28526 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28528 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28529 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28530 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28531 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28532 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28533 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28534 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28536 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28537 mismatched $'s or braces.
28540 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28544 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28546 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28547 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28548 tex-dvi-print-command
28549 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28550 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28551 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28552 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28553 tex-dvi-view-command
28554 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28555 tex-show-queue-command
28556 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28557 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28559 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28560 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28561 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28562 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28566 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28571 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28572 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28578 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28579 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20229 34587))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28582 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28583 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28584 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28585 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28587 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28588 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28589 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28591 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28593 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28594 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28595 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28596 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28597 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28599 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28601 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28602 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28603 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28604 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28606 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28607 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28608 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28609 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28611 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28612 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28614 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28618 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28619 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20229 34587))
28620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28622 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28623 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28625 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28627 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28628 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28630 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28632 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28633 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28635 It has these extra commands:
28636 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28638 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28639 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28640 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28641 modified version of TeX input format.
28643 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28644 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28645 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28646 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28648 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28649 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28650 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28651 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28652 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28653 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28654 in the Texinfo file.
28656 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28657 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28658 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28659 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28660 move forward past the closing brace.
28662 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28663 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28665 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28666 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28667 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28669 Here are the functions:
28671 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28672 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28673 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28675 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28676 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28677 texinfo-master-menu
28679 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28681 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28682 which menu descriptions are indented.
28684 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28685 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28688 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28689 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28690 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28691 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28693 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28694 be the first node in the file.
28696 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28697 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28703 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28704 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28705 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28708 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28709 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28710 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28711 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28713 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28715 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28716 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28718 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28720 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28721 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28725 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28728 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28732 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28733 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28734 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20229 34587))
28735 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28737 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28738 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28739 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28740 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28741 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28742 `line', and `page'.
28744 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28746 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28747 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28748 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28749 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28750 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28751 `line', and `page'.
28753 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28756 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28757 positions of the thing found.
28759 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28761 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28762 Return the THING at point.
28763 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28764 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28765 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28766 `line', and `page'.
28768 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28769 a symbol as a valid THING.
28771 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28773 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28774 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28778 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28779 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28783 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28784 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28788 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28789 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28795 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28796 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28797 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28800 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28801 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28805 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28806 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28807 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28808 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28810 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28812 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28813 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28817 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28818 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28822 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28824 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28825 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28831 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28832 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28833 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28834 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28835 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20229
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28839 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28840 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28841 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28845 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28846 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28848 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28851 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28852 The returned string has no composition information.
28854 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28856 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28857 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28859 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28861 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28862 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28864 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28866 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28867 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28868 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28869 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28871 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28873 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28874 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28875 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28876 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28878 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28880 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28881 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28882 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28886 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28887 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28888 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28892 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28895 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28897 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28900 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28902 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28905 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28910 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28913 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28914 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28915 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28916 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28918 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28920 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28922 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28923 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28924 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28925 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28927 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28933 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28934 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28935 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20230 55355))
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28938 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28939 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28941 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28942 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28944 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28945 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28946 This display updates automatically every minute.
28947 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28948 are displayed as well.
28949 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28953 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28954 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28955 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28957 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28958 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28960 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28962 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28963 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28966 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28968 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28969 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28970 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28971 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28972 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28976 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28977 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28978 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28979 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28983 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28984 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28985 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28986 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28988 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28990 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28991 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28997 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28998 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28999 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29000 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29001 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29002 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29004 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29005 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29006 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29008 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29009 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29010 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29011 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29013 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29014 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29015 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29017 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29018 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29020 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29022 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29023 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29025 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29027 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29028 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29030 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29032 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29033 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29034 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29036 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29038 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29040 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29041 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29042 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29044 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29046 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29047 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29049 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29051 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29052 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29053 DATE should be a date-time string.
29055 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29057 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29058 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29059 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29061 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29064 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29066 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29069 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29071 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29074 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29075 TIME should be a time value.
29076 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29078 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29080 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29081 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29082 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29084 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29087 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29088 The valid format specifiers are:
29089 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29090 %d is the number of days.
29091 %h is the number of hours.
29092 %m is the number of minutes.
29093 %s is the number of seconds.
29094 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29095 %% is a literal \"%\".
29097 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29098 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29100 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29101 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29102 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29104 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29105 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29106 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29108 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29110 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29114 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29115 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20229 34587))
29116 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29117 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29118 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29119 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29120 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29121 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29122 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29123 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29124 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29126 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29127 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29128 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29129 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
29130 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29131 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29132 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29133 look like one of the following:
29136 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29137 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29138 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29139 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29140 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29141 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29142 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29147 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29148 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29149 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29156 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29157 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29158 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29159 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29160 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29162 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
29163 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
29164 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29165 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
29166 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29167 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29168 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
29169 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
29170 display (non-nil means on).
29172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29174 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29175 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29176 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29177 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29178 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29179 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29180 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29181 this function is called within a day.
29183 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29184 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29185 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29186 discover the name of the project.
29188 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29190 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29191 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29192 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29193 begun during the last time segment.
29195 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29196 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29197 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29198 discover the reason.
29200 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29202 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29203 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29204 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29205 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29206 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29208 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29210 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29211 Change to working on a different project.
29212 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29213 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29214 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29217 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29219 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29220 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29221 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29225 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29226 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29227 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29231 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29232 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29233 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29234 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29235 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29236 \"relative to today\".
29238 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29240 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29241 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29242 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29243 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29245 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29247 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29248 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29249 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29250 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29251 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29252 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29254 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29258 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29259 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20229 34587))
29260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29262 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29263 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29264 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29265 the generated Quail package is saved.
29267 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29269 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29270 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29271 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29272 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29273 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29274 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29275 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29277 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29282 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20229 34587))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29284 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29285 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29287 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29288 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29289 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29290 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29291 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29293 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29295 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29296 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29297 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29298 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29299 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29301 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29303 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29304 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29305 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29306 in the menu in two ways:
29307 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29308 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29309 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29311 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29312 keymap or an alist of alists.
29313 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29314 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29316 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29320 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29321 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29322 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20229 34587))
29323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29325 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29326 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29328 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29330 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29331 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29333 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29335 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29336 Insert new TODO list entry.
29337 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29342 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29343 List top priorities for each category.
29345 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29346 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29348 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29349 between each category.
29350 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29352 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29354 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29355 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29356 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29357 between each category.
29359 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29361 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29363 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29364 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29368 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29369 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29373 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29380 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29381 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29382 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20229 34587))
29383 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29385 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29386 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29387 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29391 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29392 Add an item to the tool bar.
29393 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29394 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29395 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29396 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29398 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29399 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29400 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29401 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29403 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29404 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29406 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29408 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29409 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29410 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29411 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29412 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29413 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29415 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29416 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29417 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29418 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29420 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29423 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29424 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29425 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29426 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29427 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29428 properties to add to the binding.
29430 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29432 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29433 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29435 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29437 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29438 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29439 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29440 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29441 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29442 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29443 properties to add to the binding.
29445 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29448 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29452 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29453 ;;;;;; (20229 36384))
29454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29456 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29457 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29458 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29461 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29463 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29465 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29470 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29472 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29473 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29479 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29480 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29483 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29484 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29486 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29487 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29488 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29489 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29490 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29492 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29493 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29494 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29495 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29496 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29498 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29503 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29504 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29505 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29506 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29507 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29508 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29514 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20229 34587))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29517 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29518 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29519 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29520 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29521 to a tcp server on another machine.
29523 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29527 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29528 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20229 34587))
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29531 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29532 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29534 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29536 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29537 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29538 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29539 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29540 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29541 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29542 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29543 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29545 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29547 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29548 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29549 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29550 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29551 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29552 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29553 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29554 the window or buffer configuration.
29556 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29558 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29562 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29563 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29564 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29565 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20253 16827))
29566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29568 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29569 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29570 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29572 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29574 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29575 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29577 It can have the following values:
29579 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29580 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29581 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29583 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29585 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29586 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29587 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29588 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29590 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29592 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29593 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29594 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29595 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29597 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29598 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29599 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29601 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29602 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29603 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29604 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29605 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29606 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29607 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29608 files which are not really Tramp files.
29610 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29611 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29612 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29613 updated after changing this variable.
29615 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29617 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29618 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29619 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29620 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29622 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29624 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29625 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29626 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29627 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29629 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29630 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29631 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29633 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29634 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29635 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29637 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29638 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29639 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29640 updated after changing this variable.
29642 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29644 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29645 Alist of completion handler functions.
29646 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29647 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29648 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29650 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29651 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29652 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29653 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29655 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29656 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29657 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29658 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29660 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29661 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29662 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29664 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29666 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29667 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29668 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29670 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29671 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29673 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29675 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29680 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29681 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29683 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29685 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29686 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29688 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29690 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29691 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29697 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29698 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29699 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29701 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29708 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20229
29710 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29712 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29713 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29714 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29715 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29716 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29717 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29718 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29719 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29721 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29722 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29723 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29725 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29726 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29729 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29733 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29734 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29737 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29740 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29744 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29745 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20229 34587))
29746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29747 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29748 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29749 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29751 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29752 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29753 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29754 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29755 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29756 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29757 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29759 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29761 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29762 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29763 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29764 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29766 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29770 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29771 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29772 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29773 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29774 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29775 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29776 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29778 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29779 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29781 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29784 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29786 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29792 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29793 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29794 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29795 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29796 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29797 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29799 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29800 Toggle typing break mode.
29801 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29803 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29805 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29807 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29808 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29810 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29812 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29813 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29815 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29816 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29817 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29819 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29820 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29822 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29824 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29825 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29827 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29828 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29829 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29830 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29832 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29834 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29835 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29836 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29838 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29839 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29840 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29841 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29842 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29843 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29845 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29846 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29847 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29848 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29850 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29851 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29853 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29854 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29856 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29858 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29859 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29860 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29862 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29863 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29864 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29865 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29866 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29867 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29868 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29870 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29871 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29873 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29874 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29875 reset the keystroke counter.
29877 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29878 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29879 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29880 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29882 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29883 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29884 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29885 `type-break-schedule' command.
29887 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29888 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29889 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29890 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29891 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29892 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29893 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29894 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29895 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29897 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29898 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29899 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29900 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29901 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29903 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29904 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29905 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29906 approximate good values for this.
29908 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29909 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29911 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29912 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29913 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29914 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29915 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29916 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29918 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29919 a typing break occur. They include:
29921 `type-break-query-mode'
29922 `type-break-query-function'
29923 `type-break-query-interval'
29925 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29927 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29928 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29929 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29932 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29934 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29935 Take a typing break.
29937 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29938 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29940 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29941 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29945 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29946 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29947 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29948 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29952 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29953 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29955 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29956 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29957 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29958 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29959 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29960 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29961 average typing speed.)
29963 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29964 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29965 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29966 the computed maximum threshold.
29968 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29969 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29970 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29971 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29972 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29974 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29978 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20229 34587))
29979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29981 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29982 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29983 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29984 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29985 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29987 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29991 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29992 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29993 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29994 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29995 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29996 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20229 34587))
29997 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29999 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30000 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30002 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30004 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30005 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30007 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30009 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30010 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30012 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30014 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30015 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30017 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30019 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30020 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30022 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30024 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30025 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30027 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30029 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30030 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30032 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30034 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30035 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30037 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30039 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30040 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30042 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30044 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30045 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30047 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30049 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30050 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30052 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30054 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30055 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30057 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30061 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30062 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20229 34587))
30063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30065 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30066 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30067 Works by overstriking underscores.
30068 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30069 which specify the range to operate on.
30071 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30073 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30074 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30075 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30076 which specify the range to operate on.
30078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30082 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30083 ;;;;;; (20235 41048))
30084 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30086 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30087 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30088 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30089 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30090 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30091 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30095 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30096 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30098 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30102 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20229
30104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30106 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30107 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30108 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30109 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30111 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30115 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30116 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20229 34587))
30117 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30119 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30120 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30121 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30123 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30124 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30125 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30126 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30127 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30128 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30130 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30131 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30132 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30134 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30135 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30136 the callback is not called).
30138 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30139 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30140 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30143 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30145 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30147 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30148 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30149 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30150 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30151 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30153 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30157 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30158 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20238 49468))
30159 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30161 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30162 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30163 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30165 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30166 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30167 `url-generic-parse-url'
30168 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30169 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30170 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30172 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30173 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30174 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30175 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30176 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30177 what type of auth to use
30178 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30179 if one cannot be found in the cache
30181 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30183 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30184 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30186 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30187 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30188 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30189 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30190 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30191 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30192 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30193 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30195 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30199 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30200 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20229 34587))
30201 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30203 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30204 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30206 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30208 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30209 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30210 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30212 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30214 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30215 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30217 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30221 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20229 34587))
30222 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30224 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30227 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30231 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30232 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20229 34587))
30233 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30235 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30240 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30243 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30247 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20229
30249 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30251 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30252 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30254 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30258 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30259 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20229 34587))
30260 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30262 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30263 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30267 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30268 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30269 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30270 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30271 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30273 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30277 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30278 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30279 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30280 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30282 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30283 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30284 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30287 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30289 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30291 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30292 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30294 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30295 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30299 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30300 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30301 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30302 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30304 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30306 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30307 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30308 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30309 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30310 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30311 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30312 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30313 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30314 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30315 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30317 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30319 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30320 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30321 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30324 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30326 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30329 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30333 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30334 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20229 34587))
30335 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30337 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30338 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30339 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30340 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30341 CBARGS as the arguments.
30343 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30345 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30348 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30350 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30352 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30355 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30357 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30358 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30359 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30361 Property list members:
30364 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30368 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30372 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30375 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30378 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30379 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30380 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30383 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30385 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30386 Default HTTPS port.")
30388 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30389 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30390 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30392 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30393 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30394 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30395 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30396 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30400 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20229 34587))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30403 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30406 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30410 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20229
30412 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30414 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30415 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30416 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30417 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30418 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30424 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30425 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30426 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30428 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30431 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30433 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30434 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30436 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30440 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30441 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20229 34587))
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30444 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30445 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30447 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30449 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30450 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30454 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30457 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30459 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30461 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30463 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30465 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30466 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30468 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30472 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30473 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30474 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30476 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30481 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30484 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30488 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30489 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30490 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30491 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30493 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30496 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30498 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30501 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30503 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30506 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30508 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30511 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30513 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30516 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30518 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30521 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30523 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30526 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30530 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30531 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20229 34587))
30532 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30534 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30535 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30537 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30539 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30540 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30541 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30542 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30544 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30548 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30549 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30550 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30552 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30553 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30559 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30560 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30561 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30563 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30564 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30565 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
30566 controls the level of parallelism via the
30567 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
30569 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30573 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30574 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30575 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30576 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30577 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30578 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30579 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20229 34587))
30580 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30582 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30583 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30584 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30586 If t, all messages will be logged.
30587 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30588 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30590 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30592 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30595 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30597 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30600 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30602 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30603 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30604 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30605 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30606 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30612 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30614 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30615 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30616 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30618 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30620 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30621 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30622 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30624 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30626 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30627 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30629 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30631 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30632 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30636 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30637 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30641 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30646 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30649 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30651 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30654 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30656 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30658 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30659 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30661 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30663 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30664 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30666 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30668 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30671 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30673 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30674 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30675 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30676 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30677 forbidden in URL encoding.
30679 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30681 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30682 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30683 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30684 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30685 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30686 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30688 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30690 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30691 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30692 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30693 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30695 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30697 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30698 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30699 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30701 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30703 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30704 View the current document's URL.
30705 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30708 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30710 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30714 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30715 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20229 34587))
30716 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30718 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30719 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30720 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30721 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30722 to refrain from editing the file
30723 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30724 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30725 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30726 in any way you like.
30728 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30730 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30731 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30732 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30733 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30734 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30736 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30737 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30743 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30744 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30745 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20229 34587))
30746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30748 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30751 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30753 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30756 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30758 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30761 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30763 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30766 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30770 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20229 34587))
30771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30773 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30774 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30776 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30780 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30781 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30782 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30785 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30786 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30787 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30788 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30790 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30792 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30793 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30794 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30796 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30798 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30799 Uudecode region between START and END.
30800 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30802 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30806 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30807 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30808 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30809 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30810 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30811 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30812 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20255
30814 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30816 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30817 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30820 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30822 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30823 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30824 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30826 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30828 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30829 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30832 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30834 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30835 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30836 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30837 same state. If not, signal an error.
30839 For merging-based version control systems:
30840 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30841 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30842 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30843 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30844 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30845 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30847 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30848 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30849 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30850 the file(s) for editing.
30851 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30852 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30853 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30854 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30855 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30856 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30858 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30860 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30861 Register into a version control system.
30862 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30863 Otherwise register the current file.
30864 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30865 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30867 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30868 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30869 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30870 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30871 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30872 first backend that could register the file is used.
30874 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30876 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30877 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30879 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30881 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30882 Display diffs between file revisions.
30883 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30884 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30885 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30887 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30890 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30892 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30893 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30894 repository history using ediff.
30896 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30898 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30899 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30900 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30901 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30902 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30904 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30907 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30909 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30910 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30911 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30912 fileset with the working revision.
30913 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30914 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30916 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30919 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30921 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30922 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30923 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30924 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30928 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30929 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30930 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30931 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30935 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30936 Perform a version control merge operation.
30937 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30938 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30939 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30941 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30942 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30943 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30944 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30945 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30946 changes from the current branch.
30950 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30952 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30953 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30954 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30955 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30956 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30957 checked out in that new branch.
30959 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30961 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30962 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30963 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30964 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30965 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30966 allowed and simply skipped).
30968 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30970 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30971 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30972 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30973 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30974 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30976 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30977 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30979 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30981 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30982 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30983 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30984 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30985 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30987 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30989 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30990 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30991 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30993 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30995 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30996 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30997 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30999 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31001 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31002 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31003 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31004 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31008 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31009 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31010 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31011 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31015 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31017 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31018 Update the current fileset or branch.
31019 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31020 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31021 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31023 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31024 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31025 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31026 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31027 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31031 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31033 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31034 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31035 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31036 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31037 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31038 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31039 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31041 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31043 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31044 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31045 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31046 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31047 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31048 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31049 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31050 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31051 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31053 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31055 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31056 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31060 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31061 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31063 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31065 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31066 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31067 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31070 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31072 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31073 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31074 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31076 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31077 log entries should be gathered.
31079 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31081 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31082 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31084 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31088 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31089 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31090 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31092 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31093 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31095 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31096 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31097 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31098 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31099 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31100 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31102 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31103 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31104 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31105 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31106 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31107 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31108 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31109 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31111 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31113 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31115 Customization variables:
31117 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31118 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31119 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31120 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31122 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20229 34587))
31127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31128 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31129 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31132 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20229 34587))
31137 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31139 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31140 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31142 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31143 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31144 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31145 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31148 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20229 34587))
31153 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31154 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31155 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31156 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31157 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31159 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31163 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20229 34587))
31164 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31166 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31167 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31168 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31169 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31170 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31172 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31173 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31174 The file lines appear later.
31176 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31177 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31179 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31181 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31183 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31187 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31188 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31189 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31191 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31192 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31193 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31194 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31195 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31196 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31197 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31198 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31199 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31200 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31201 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31202 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31203 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31204 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31205 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31207 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20229 34587))
31212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31213 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31214 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31215 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31218 (vc-git-registered file))))
31222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20229 34587))
31223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31224 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31225 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31226 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31229 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20229 34587))
31234 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31236 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31237 Name of the monotone directory.")
31239 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31240 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31241 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31242 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31245 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31249 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31250 ;;;;;; (20254 37696))
31251 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31253 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31254 Where to look for RCS master files.
31255 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31257 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31259 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31263 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31264 ;;;;;; (20254 37696))
31265 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31267 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31268 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31269 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31271 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31272 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31274 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31275 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31276 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31277 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20229 34587))
31282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31283 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31284 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31285 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31288 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31290 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31294 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31295 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31299 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31300 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31305 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31306 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31307 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31308 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31310 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31311 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31312 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31315 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31316 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31318 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31319 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31321 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31322 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31323 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31325 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31331 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31332 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31334 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31336 Official distribution is at
31337 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31340 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31341 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31352 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31353 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31356 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31357 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31358 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31359 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31360 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31362 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31364 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31365 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31367 Supports highlighting.
31369 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31370 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31372 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31374 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31375 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31376 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31377 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31378 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31379 on the left side of your screen.
31380 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31381 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31382 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31383 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31384 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31385 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31387 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31388 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31389 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31390 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31393 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31394 Indentation for case statements.
31395 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31396 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31398 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31399 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31400 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31401 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31402 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31403 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31404 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31405 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31406 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31408 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31412 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31413 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31414 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31415 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31416 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31417 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31418 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31419 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31420 comments in tight quarters.
31421 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31422 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31424 Variables controlling other actions:
31426 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31427 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31428 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31430 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31432 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31434 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31435 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31436 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31438 Some other functions are:
31440 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31441 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31442 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31443 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31444 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31446 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31447 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31448 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31449 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31451 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31452 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31453 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31454 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31455 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31456 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31457 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31458 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31459 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31460 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31461 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31462 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31463 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31464 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31465 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31466 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31467 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31468 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31469 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31470 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31471 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31472 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31473 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31474 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31475 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31476 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31477 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31478 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31479 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31480 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31482 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31483 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31485 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31491 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31492 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31495 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31496 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31501 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31502 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31503 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31504 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31505 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31506 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31507 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31508 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31509 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31511 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31512 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31513 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31514 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31516 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31517 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31518 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31519 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31520 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31522 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31523 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31527 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31528 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31529 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31533 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31534 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31535 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31536 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31538 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31539 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31540 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31541 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31542 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31546 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31547 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31548 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31549 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31551 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31552 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31553 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31554 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31555 beginning with \"std\").
31557 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31558 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31559 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31564 `--' puts a single comment.
31565 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31566 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31567 with a comment in between.
31568 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31569 out following lines.
31570 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31571 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31573 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31574 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31575 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31576 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31577 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31580 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31581 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31582 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31583 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31584 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31585 multi-line comments.
31589 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31590 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31591 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31592 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31594 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31595 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31596 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31597 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31599 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31600 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31603 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31604 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31608 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31609 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31610 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31611 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31612 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31613 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31614 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31615 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31617 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31618 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31619 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31620 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31621 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31624 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31625 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31626 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31628 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31629 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31633 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31634 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31635 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31636 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31637 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31638 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31641 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31642 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31643 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31644 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31647 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31651 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31652 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31653 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31654 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31655 internal signal initializations (menu).
31657 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31658 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31659 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31661 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31662 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31663 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31664 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31665 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31666 in subsequent paste operations.)
31668 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31669 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31670 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31673 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31674 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31675 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31676 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31677 association list with formals).
31680 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31681 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31682 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31683 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31684 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31685 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31686 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31687 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31692 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31696 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31700 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31701 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31702 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31704 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31705 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31708 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31709 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31710 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31711 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31713 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31714 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31715 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31717 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31718 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31719 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31720 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31722 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31723 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31724 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31725 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31726 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31728 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31729 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31730 required by secondary units.
31733 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31734 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31735 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31736 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31737 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31738 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31739 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31740 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31741 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31742 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31743 inputs to this component -> input port created
31744 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31745 outputs from this component -> output port created
31746 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31747 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31749 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31750 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31751 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31752 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31753 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31755 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31756 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31758 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31759 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31760 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31761 component instantiation is also supported (option
31762 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31764 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31765 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31766 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31767 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31768 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31769 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31770 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31771 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31772 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31773 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31774 | generating the configuration.
31776 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31777 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31778 | configurations in speedbar.
31780 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31783 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31784 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31785 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31786 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31787 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31788 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31789 information. New compilers can be added.
31791 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31792 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31795 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31796 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31797 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31798 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31799 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31801 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31804 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31805 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31806 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31808 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31809 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31810 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31811 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31812 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31813 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31814 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31817 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31818 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31819 not (yet) supported.
31820 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31821 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31822 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31826 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31827 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31828 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31829 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31830 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31831 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31832 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31833 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31835 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31836 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31837 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31838 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31839 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31840 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31841 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31842 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31843 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31844 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31845 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31849 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31850 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31851 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31852 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31853 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31854 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31855 current directory for VHDL source files.
31859 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31860 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31864 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31865 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31866 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31867 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31868 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31869 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31870 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31871 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31874 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31875 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31876 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31877 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31878 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31879 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31880 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31882 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31883 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31884 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31885 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31886 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31887 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31889 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31890 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31891 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31892 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31893 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31896 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31897 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31898 highlighted if written in lower case.
31900 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31901 highlighted using a different background color if option
31902 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31904 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31905 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31906 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31907 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31908 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31912 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31913 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31914 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31918 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31919 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31920 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31921 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31922 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31926 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31927 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31929 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31930 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31931 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31932 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31933 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31934 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31935 (used to obtain the port names).
31939 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31940 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31944 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31945 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31946 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31947 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31948 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31949 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31950 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31955 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31956 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31957 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31958 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31959 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31961 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31962 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31963 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31964 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31965 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31968 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31969 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31973 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31974 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31975 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31977 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31981 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31982 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31984 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31986 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31988 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31992 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31998 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31999 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32001 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32003 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32004 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32005 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32006 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32008 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32009 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
32010 where the latest version can be found.
32016 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
32017 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32018 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32021 The VHDL Mode Authors
32022 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32033 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20104 14925))
32034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32036 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32037 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32038 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32039 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32041 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32042 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32043 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32044 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32045 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32047 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32048 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32050 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32052 * Limitations and unsupported features
32053 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32055 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32056 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32059 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32060 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32061 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32062 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32063 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32064 for undoing a repeated change command.
32065 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32066 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32067 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32070 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32071 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32072 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32073 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32074 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32075 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32076 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32077 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32079 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32085 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32086 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32087 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32088 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20229 34587))
32089 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32091 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32092 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32094 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32096 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32097 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32098 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32099 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32101 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32103 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32104 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32108 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32109 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32110 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32111 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32113 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32115 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32116 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32120 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32123 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32125 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32128 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32132 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32133 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32134 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32135 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32136 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20265 7997))
32137 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32139 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32140 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32141 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32143 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32145 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32146 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32147 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32148 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32150 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32152 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32153 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32155 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32157 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32158 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32159 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32160 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32161 moving around in the buffer.
32162 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32163 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32165 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32169 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32170 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32171 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32172 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32174 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32175 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32176 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32177 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32178 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32180 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32184 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32185 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32186 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32187 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32190 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32191 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32192 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32193 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32194 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32196 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32200 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32201 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32202 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32203 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32204 moving around in the buffer.
32205 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32206 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32208 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32210 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32211 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32212 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32214 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32215 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32216 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32217 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32219 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32221 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32222 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32223 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32224 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32225 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32226 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32227 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32229 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32231 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32233 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32234 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32235 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32237 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32239 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32240 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32242 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32243 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32245 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32249 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32251 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32252 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32253 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32255 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32257 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32258 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32260 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32261 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32263 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32264 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32265 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32266 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32270 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32271 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32272 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32273 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32274 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32275 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32276 to a repeat count of one.
32278 H, h, ? This message.
32279 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32280 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32281 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32282 > move to the end of buffer.
32283 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32284 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32285 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32286 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32287 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32288 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32289 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32290 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32291 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32292 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32293 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32294 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32295 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32296 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32297 Use this to view a changing file.
32298 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32299 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32300 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32302 x exchanges point and mark.
32303 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32304 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32305 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32306 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32307 ' go to position saved in character register.
32308 s do forward incremental search.
32309 r do reverse incremental search.
32310 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32311 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32312 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32313 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32314 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32315 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32316 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32317 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32318 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32319 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32320 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32321 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32322 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32323 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32324 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32325 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32326 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32328 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32329 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32330 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32331 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32332 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32333 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32334 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32335 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32336 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32338 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32342 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32343 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32344 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32345 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32346 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32347 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32348 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32349 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32350 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32352 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32354 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32355 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32356 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32357 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32358 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32359 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32361 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32362 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32363 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32365 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32367 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32369 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32371 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32372 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32378 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20229
32380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32382 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32383 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32387 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32388 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32394 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32395 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
32396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32398 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32399 Toggle Viper on/off.
32400 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32404 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32405 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32411 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32412 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
32413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32415 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32416 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32417 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32418 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32419 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32420 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32421 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32422 the beginning of the warning.")
32424 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32425 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32426 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32427 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32428 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32429 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32430 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32431 also call that function before the next warning.")
32433 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32434 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32436 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32437 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32438 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32439 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32441 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32442 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32443 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32444 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32445 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32446 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32448 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32449 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32450 Default is :warning.
32452 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32453 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32454 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32455 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32456 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32457 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32459 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32460 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32461 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32463 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32465 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32466 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32468 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32470 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32471 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32472 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32473 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32475 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32476 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32477 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32478 can be whatever you like.)
32480 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32481 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32483 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32484 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32485 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32486 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32487 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32489 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32491 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32492 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32493 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32494 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32495 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32497 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32501 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32502 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
32503 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32505 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32506 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32507 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32508 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32509 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32518 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20229 34587))
32519 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32521 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32522 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32524 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32527 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32534 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32535 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20232 10689))
32536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32537 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32538 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32540 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32543 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32545 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32546 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32547 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32550 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32552 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32554 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32555 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32560 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32561 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32562 in certain major modes.
32564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32568 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32569 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32570 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32571 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20229 34587))
32572 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32574 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32575 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32577 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32578 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32580 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32581 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32585 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32586 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32588 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32589 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32591 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32592 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32593 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32594 use `whitespace-mode'.
32596 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32600 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32601 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32602 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32604 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32605 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32607 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32609 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32610 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32612 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32613 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32615 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32616 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32620 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32621 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32622 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32625 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32627 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32629 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32630 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32632 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32633 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32635 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32636 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32637 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32638 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32640 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32644 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32645 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32647 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32648 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32650 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32651 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32653 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32657 f toggle face visualization
32658 t toggle TAB visualization
32659 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32660 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32661 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32662 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32663 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32664 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32665 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32666 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32667 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32668 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32669 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32670 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32671 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32672 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32673 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32675 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32676 T toggle TAB visualization
32677 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32678 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32680 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32681 ? display brief help
32683 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32684 The valid symbols are:
32686 face toggle face visualization
32687 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32688 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32689 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32690 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32691 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32692 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32693 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32694 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32695 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32696 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32697 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32698 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32699 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32700 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32701 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32702 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32704 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32705 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32706 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32708 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32710 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32714 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32715 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32717 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32718 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32720 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32721 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32723 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32727 f toggle face visualization
32728 t toggle TAB visualization
32729 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32730 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32731 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32732 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32733 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32734 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32735 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32736 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32737 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32738 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32739 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32740 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32741 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32742 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32743 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32745 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32746 T toggle TAB visualization
32747 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32748 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32750 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32751 ? display brief help
32753 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32754 The valid symbols are:
32756 face toggle face visualization
32757 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32758 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32759 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32760 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32761 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32762 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32763 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32764 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32765 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32766 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32767 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32768 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32769 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32770 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32771 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32772 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32774 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32775 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32776 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32778 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32780 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32784 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32785 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32787 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32788 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32789 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32790 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32791 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32793 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32795 The problems cleaned up are:
32797 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32798 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32799 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32800 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32802 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32803 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32804 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32805 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32807 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32808 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32809 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32810 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32812 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32813 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32814 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32815 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32816 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32817 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32818 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32819 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32821 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32822 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32823 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32825 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32826 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32827 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32828 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32829 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32830 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32831 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32832 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32834 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32839 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32840 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32842 The problems cleaned up are:
32844 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32845 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32846 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32847 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32849 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32850 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32852 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32854 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32855 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32856 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32857 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32858 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32859 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32860 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32861 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32863 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32864 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32865 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32867 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32868 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32869 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32870 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32871 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32872 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32873 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32874 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32876 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32881 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32882 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32884 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32887 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32888 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32889 `whitespace-style' to have:
32897 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32898 whitespace problems in buffer.
32900 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32902 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32903 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32904 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32905 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32906 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32907 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32908 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32910 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32911 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32912 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32913 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32914 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32915 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32916 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32918 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32919 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32920 cleaning up these problems.
32922 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32924 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32925 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32927 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32930 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32931 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32932 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32940 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32941 whitespace problems in buffer.
32943 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32945 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32946 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32947 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32948 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32949 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32950 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32951 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32953 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32954 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32955 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32956 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32957 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32958 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32959 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32961 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32962 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32963 cleaning up these problems.
32965 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32969 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32970 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20229 34587))
32971 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32973 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32974 Browse the widget under point.
32978 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32979 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32981 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32983 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32984 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32986 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32988 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32989 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32995 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32996 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20229
32998 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33000 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33001 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33003 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33005 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33006 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33007 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33009 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33011 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33012 Create widget of TYPE.
33013 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33015 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33017 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33020 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33022 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33023 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33025 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33027 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33028 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33029 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33030 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33032 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33033 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33039 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33040 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20250
33042 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33044 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33045 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33046 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33047 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33048 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33049 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33050 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33054 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33055 Select the window above the current one.
33056 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33057 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33058 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33059 negative ARG) of the current window.
33060 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33064 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33065 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33066 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33067 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33068 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33069 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33070 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33074 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33075 Select the window below the current one.
33076 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33077 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33078 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33079 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33080 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33084 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33085 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33086 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33087 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33089 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33093 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33094 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
33095 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33097 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33098 Toggle Winner mode.
33099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33100 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33102 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33104 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33105 Toggle Winner mode.
33106 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33112 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33113 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20229 34587))
33114 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33116 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33117 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33118 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33119 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33120 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33122 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33124 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33125 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33126 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33127 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33128 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33129 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33130 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33131 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33133 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33134 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33136 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33138 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33139 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33143 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33144 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33145 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33146 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33147 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33148 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33149 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33150 `woman' command for further details.
33152 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33154 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33155 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33157 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33161 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33162 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
33163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33165 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33166 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33169 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33170 are not implemented
33171 - Options for search and replace
33172 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33173 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33175 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33178 The key bindings are:
33188 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33190 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33191 C-l ws-repeat-search
33194 C-r scroll-down-line
33201 C-y kill-complete-line
33204 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33205 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33206 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33207 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33208 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33209 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33210 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33211 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33212 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33213 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33214 C-k b ws-begin-block
33215 C-k c ws-copy-block
33216 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33218 C-k h ws-show-markers
33219 C-k i ws-indent-block
33221 C-k p ws-print-block
33224 C-k s save-some-buffers
33226 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33227 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33228 C-k v ws-move-block
33229 C-k w ws-write-block
33231 C-k y ws-delete-block
33233 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33234 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33235 C-o j justify-current-line
33238 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33239 C-o r set-fill-column
33240 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33241 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33242 C-o wh split-window-right
33243 C-o wo other-window
33244 C-o wv split-window-below
33246 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33247 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33248 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33249 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33250 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33251 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33252 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33253 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33254 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33255 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33256 C-q a ws-query-replace
33257 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33258 C-q c end-of-buffer
33261 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33263 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33264 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33265 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33266 C-q w ws-last-error
33268 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33274 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20229 34587))
33275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33277 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33278 Perform an interactive search.
33279 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33280 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33281 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33282 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33284 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33287 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33289 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33293 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33294 ;;;;;; (20258 34747))
33295 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33297 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33298 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33299 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33300 Returns the top node with all its children.
33301 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33302 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33304 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33306 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33307 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33308 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33309 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33310 is not well-formed XML.
33311 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33312 and returned as the first element of the list.
33313 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33315 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33319 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33320 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20229 34587))
33321 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33323 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33324 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33325 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33326 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33327 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33328 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33329 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33330 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33331 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33332 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33334 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33338 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20229
33340 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33342 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33343 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33344 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33346 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33347 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33349 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33351 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33352 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33354 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33355 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33357 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33358 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33359 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33360 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33361 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33362 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33368 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33369 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20229 34587))
33370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33372 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33373 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33375 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33377 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33378 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33384 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33385 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20229 34587))
33386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33388 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33389 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33391 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33393 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33394 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33396 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33398 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33399 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33400 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33402 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33404 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33405 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33411 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20229 34587))
33412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33414 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33415 Zone out, completely.
33421 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33422 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33423 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33424 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33425 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33426 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33427 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33428 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33429 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33430 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33431 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33432 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33433 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33434 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33435 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33436 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33437 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33438 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33439 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33440 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33441 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33442 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33443 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33444 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33445 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33446 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33447 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33448 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33449 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33450 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33451 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33452 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33453 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33454 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
33455 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33457 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33458 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33459 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33460 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33461 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33462 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33464 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33465 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33466 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33467 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33468 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33469 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33470 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33472 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33473 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33474 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33475 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33476 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33477 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33478 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33479 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33480 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33481 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33482 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33483 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33484 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33485 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33486 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33487 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33488 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33489 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33490 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33491 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33492 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33493 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33494 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33495 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33496 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33497 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
33498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33499 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
33502 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33505 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33506 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33507 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33508 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33509 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33510 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33511 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33512 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33513 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33514 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33515 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33516 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33517 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33518 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33519 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33520 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33521 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33522 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33523 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33524 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33525 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33526 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33527 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33528 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33529 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33530 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33531 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33532 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33533 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33534 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33535 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33536 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33537 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33538 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33539 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33540 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33541 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33542 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33543 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33544 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33545 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33546 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33547 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33548 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33549 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33550 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33551 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33552 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33553 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33554 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33555 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33556 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33557 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33558 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33559 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33560 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33561 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33562 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33563 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33564 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33565 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33566 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33567 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33568 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33569 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33570 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33571 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33572 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33573 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33574 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33575 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33576 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33577 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33578 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33579 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33580 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33581 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33582 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33583 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33584 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33585 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33586 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33587 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33588 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33589 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33590 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33591 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33592 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33593 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33594 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33595 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33596 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33597 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33598 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33599 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33600 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33601 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
33602 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33603 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33604 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33605 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33606 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33607 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33608 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33609 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33610 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33611 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33612 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33613 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33614 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33615 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33616 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33617 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
33618 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
33619 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33620 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33621 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33622 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33623 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33624 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20265 8335 405119))
33628 (provide 'loaddefs)
33629 ;; Local Variables:
33630 ;; version-control: never
33631 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33632 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33635 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here